You are on page 1of 244

SECURITY INFRASTRUCTURE AND ANNEX

BUILDING REFURBISHMENT
EMBASSY OF SWISS PROJECT, JAKARTA

ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
(Issued For Tender Document)
20th SEPTEMBER, 2022

OWNER

EMBASSY OF SWISS PROJECT


JAKARTA

MADE BY

JL. TB.Simatupang Plaza 3 Pondok Indah Blok B/5


Jakarta Selatan 12310 Telp.021-75906177 Fax 021-75906178
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURALWORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

TABLE OF CONTENTS REVISION FABLISHED

ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

1. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

01 32 00 Construction Progress Documentation A September 2020

2. DIVISI 3 CONCRETE

03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing A September 2020


03 30 00 Cast in Placet A September 2020
03 60 00 Grouting A September 2020

3. DIVISI 4 MASONRY

04 05 13 Masonry Mortaring A September 2020


04 22 26 AAC A September 2020

04 40 20 Landscape Stone A September 2020

4. DIVISI 5 METAL

05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing A September 2020


05 44 00 Light Steel Framing A September 2020
05 50 00 Metal Fabrication A September 2020

5. DIVISI 6 WOOD-PLASTIC-COMPOSITE

06 16 00 Sheating-HPL A September 2020

6. DIVISI 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 13 13 Bituminous Sheet Waterproofing A September 2020


07 14 16 Cold Fluid Applied Waterproofing A September 2020
07 16 13 Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing A September 2020
07 41 16 Insulation metal roof panel A September 2020
07 41 16 UPVC Roof A September 2020
07 41 43 Aluminium-Faced Composites Wall Panels A September 2020
07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal A September 2020
07 92 00 Joint Sealant A September 2020

7. DIVISI 8 OPENING

08 11 00 Bullet Proof Door and Frames A September 2020


08 11 16 Bullet Proof Door and Frames A September 2020
08 14 00 Interior Wood Doors and Frames A September 2020
08 14 10 Interior Wood Fire Doors and Frames A September 2020
08 71 00 Door Hardware A September 2020
08 81 00 Glass and Glazing A September 2020

Page 1 of 2
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURALWORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

TABLE OF CONTENTS REVISION FABLISHED

8. DIVISI 9 FINISHING

09 29 00 Gypsum Board A September 2020


09 30 13 Ceramic Tile A September 2020
09 30 33.22 Homogenous and GraniteTiling. A September 2020
09 31 13 Thin Set Ceramic Homogenous Tiling A September 2020
09 31 33 Thin Set StoneTiling A September 2020
09 91 13 Exterior Painting A September 2020
09 91 23 Interior Painting A September 2020
09 94 13 Textured Finishing A September 2020
09 96 56 Epoxy Coatings A September 2020
09 97 13 Protective coatings for steel A September 2020

9. DIVISI 22 BIDANG KHUSUS

22 42 13 Commercial Water Closets, Urinal, Bidets A September 2020

Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 1
General Requirements
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

01 32 20

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Preconstruction, Periodic Construction and Final Completion Construction photographs.

B. Preconstruction, Periodic Construction and Time - lapse Sequence Construction digital video.

1.2 PRODUCTS

A. Digital Photographs : Eight megapixels.

1. Prints : Two; A4 – size matte prints.

B. Video Recordings : Submit in digital video disc format acceptable to Architect and by posting to project Web site.

C. Web - Based Photographic Documentation : Submit time - lapse sequence video recordings by posting to

project Web site and monthly on digital video disc.

D. Preconstruction Photographs :

1. 100 colour photographs showing existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work.
2. 100 colour photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical
conditions at start of construction.

E. Periodic Construction Photographs : 100 colour photographs weekly.

F. Time - Lapse Sequence Construction Photographs : 50 colour photographs weekly.

G. Final Completion Construction Photographs : 100 colour photographs.

H. Preconstruction Video Recording : Before taking possession, site clearing, starting excavation, demolition and
construction with written transcript.

I. Periodic Construction Video Recordings : Weekly with written transcripts. Minimum recording time shall be thirty
minutes.

J. Time-Lapse Sequence Construction Video Recordings : One frame every five minutes to create a time-lapse

sequence of thirty minutes in length, with written transcript.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : GENERAL REQUIREMENTS


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 01 32 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Photographic Documentatio
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 2
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

K. Web-Based Construction Photographic Documentation :

1. Web-accessible image of current site image from viewer - controlled location camera(s), updated at fifteen

minutes intervals.
2. Time-lapse recordings from six fixed-location camera. Record one frame every fifteen minutes.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : GENERAL REQUIREMENTS


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 01 32 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Photographic Documentatio
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 2
DIVISION 3
CONCRETE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

03 20 00

CONCRETE REINFORCING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall consist of furnishing concrete reinforcement in conformity with the Drawings.
The work shall include all machinery, equipment, manpower and the required workmanship
and performance to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
This Specification shall govern over the Drawings in the event of any conflicting details that
may arise.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 07-0663-1989 - Jaringan Kawat Baja Las untuk Tulangan Beton.


- SNI 07-2052-2014 - Baja Tulangan Beton.
- SNI 03-6816-2002 - Tata Cara Pendetailan Penulangan Beton.

2.2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-


Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
- ASTM A82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement.
- ASTM A185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
- ASTM A496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement

2.3. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

- ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.


- ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 20 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Concrete Reinforcing
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

2.4. American Welding Society (AWS):

- AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.

2.5. Standard of Manufacture

2.6. Related Specifications:

 Concrete:

 03 30 00 - Cast in Place Concrete

 Masonry:

 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortar

 Openings:

 08 11 00 - Fire Doors and Frames


 08 11 13 – Steel Doors and Frames
 08 14 00 - Interior Wood Doors and Frames
 08 41 26 - Glass Entrance Door
 08 55 13 – Aluminium Windows and Frames

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Sample and Mill Certificate.

3.1.1. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager samples and the
manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the concrete reinforcement
requirements for approval.

3.1.2. Prior to ordering of material, all the order lists and cutting schedules shall be
properly prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Project Manager for
approval.
However, such approval shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for ascertaining the accuracy of such order lists and cutting
schedules.
Any revision of the approved material lists and schedules of the concrete
reinforcement shall be the full risk and expense of the Contractor.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 20 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Concrete Reinforcing
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Shop Drawings.

3.2.1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted by Contractor for Project Manager's


approval and shall include of the following:

- Concrete reinforcement cutting schedule showing dimensions, locations,


bends, hooks sizes, anchor and laps, and others which shall conform to ACI
315 and SNI 03-6816-2002.
- Bar spacing, concrete cover allowances and spacers, dowels and metal
chairs.

3.2.2. The Contractor may be permitted to substitute the designed sizes of the
concrete reinforcement as shown in the Drawings provided that the
substitution is carefully analyzed and he has checked that the required strength
is still maintained. Such substitution shall be approved by the Project Manager
prior to work execution.

3.2.3. Details of concrete reinforcement and accessories not shown in the Drawings
shall be in accordance with the Project Manager requirements.

3.3. Handling and Storage.

Concrete reinforcement shall be protected at all times from damage and shall be stored
in a location (and on blocks) where the potential for rusting is minimized and is not in
contact with oil, grease, mud and other objectionable materials.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Reinforcing Steel

4.1.1. Reinforcing steel of plain type with diameter of < 10mm shall be of grade BjTP-
24 material with yield strength of 2400kg/cm² and shall comply with SNI 07-
2052-2002 or ASTM A615/A615M.

4.1.2. Reinforcing steel of deformed type with diameter of  10mm shall be of grade
BjTS-40 material with yield strength of 4000kg/cm² and shall comply with
SNI 07-2052-2002 or ASTM A615/A615M.

4.2. Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing (Reinforcing Steel Wire Mesh)

Prefabricated steel reinforcing (reinforcing steel wire mesh) shall be manufactured from
plain or deformed steel wires of grade Bj-50 material with tensile strength of
5000kg/cm² conforming to SNI 07-0663-1989, welded together by an automatic
welding machine, such as BRC, Union Mesh, Lionmesh, Adhi Mesh or approved equal.

4.3. Accessories.

4.3.1. Metal chairs, spacers and other shall be sized and shaped to adequately
support reinforcing.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 20 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Concrete Reinforcing
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.3.2. Accessories in exposed concrete shall be made of galvanized steel. Steel


material shall conform to the requirements of Specification 05500.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Hooks/Bends.

Reinforcing steel shall be provided with hook/bend minimum as in indicated in the


Drawings or as specified in SNI 03-6816-2002 or as determined by the Project
Manager.

5.2. Cutting.

Length in excess required in the Drawings (apart from overlaps), shall be done by steel
cutting or any cutting tools approved by the Project Manager.
In areas where block outs are made for machineries, equipment and other utilities, the
mild steel bar shall be cut to suit the opening or size of the block out.

5.3. Dowel Bars

Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, for the designed slabs up to 130mm
thickness, use 12mm diameter mild steel round dowel bars 600mm long spaced at
250mm on centers.
For slabs 150mm to 200mm thickness, use 12mm diameter mild steel round dowel bars
800mm long, spaced at 200mm on centers.
For slabs with thickness more than 200mm, diameter and length of dowel shall be as
indicated in the Drawings.

5.4. Placing and Fastening of Concrete Reinforcement

5.4.1. Before placing, the concrete reinforcement shall be free from loose, rust, loose
scales, oil, paint and any other objectionable substances.

5.4.2. All concrete reinforcement shall be accurately placed in conformance with the
grade, dimension and location as shown in the Drawings. Metal chairs or inserts
shall be spaced at one meter square or as determined by the Project Manager.
Stones, bricks or wood blocks are not allowed as chairs or insert. All laps shall
be tied with no. 16 AWG or 1.62mm diameter tie wire or equal. Spot welding may
be applicable in mild steel reinforcement only in lap work as approved by the
Project Manager.

5.5. Concrete Pouring

Concrete pouring shall be carried out in accordance with Specification 03 30 00.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 20 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Concrete Reinforcing
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

03 30 00

CAST IN PLACE

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include cast-in-place concrete structures, constructed in close conformity with
the lines, grade and dimensions shown in the Drawings.
All work, material and performance related to cast-in-place concrete shall conform to this
Specification and related Specifications and standards.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-2847-2002 - Tata Cara Penghitungan Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan


Gedung.
- SNI 15-2049-2004 - Semen Portland
- SNI 4810:2013 - Tata Cara Pembuatan dan Perawatan Spesimen Uji Beton di
lapangan
- SNI 03-2834-1193 - Tata Cara Pembuatan Rencana Campuiran Beton Normal
- SNI 03-1750-1990 - Mutudan Cara Uji Agregat Beton
- SNI 1972:2008 - Cara Uji Slump Beton

2.2. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

- ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete


- ACI 347 - Formwork for Concrete.

2.3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

- AASHTO M6 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.


- AASHTO M153 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Filler for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
- AASHTO M213 Performed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and
Structural Construction.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- AASHTO T11 - Amount of Material Finer than 0.075 mm (No. 200) Sieve in
Aggregate.
- AASHTO T27 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate.
- AASHTO T112 - Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregate.
- AASHTO T113 - Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate.

2.4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate.


- ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
- ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
- ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
- ASTM C685 - Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and
Continuous Mixing.
- ASTM C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.

2.5. Standard of Manufacture

2.6. Related Specifications:

- 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Shop Drawings.

The following Shop Drawings shall be submitted by Contractor for Project Manager's
approval:

- Reinforcing steel cutting schedule showing bends, hooks sizes, laps, anchors and
others as specified in Specification 03210.
- Shop Drawings of form works shall show structural members, spacing, sizes, joints,
inserts and other related work in form works, and shall be approved by the Project
Manager.
- Scheme of concrete pouring including mix design, manpower, equipment and tools.

3.2. Field Inspection, Sampling and Testing

3.2.1. Field Inspection.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Prior to the commencement of the cast-in-place concrete work the


following preliminary test shall be performed by the Laboratory at the
Contractor's expense. Additional tests shall be performed if necessary.
- The Contractor is obligated to follow the results of the trial mixes and
estimates he intends to use in the work described herein.
- The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Project Manager in sampling
and testing works. The preliminary tests shall include the determination of:

· Durability.
· Characteristics and distribution of aggregates.
· Cement type and quality.
· Selection and dosage of admixtures.
· Proportioning of aggregates classes in the mix.
· Cement strength, type.
· Water cement ratio.
· Slump test.
· Characteristic of different fresh concrete mixes.
· Compressive strength.
· Water tightness.
· Resistance to weathering.
· Resistance to adverse chemical reactions.

- These tests shall be carried out until concrete mixes have been obtained in
conformance with this Specification.

3.2.2. Sampling and Testing

All testing and sampling shall be accomplished by the Contractor without


additional cost. This work shall continue during actual concrete placing.
Samples and testing shall be taken by the approval of the Project Manager, as
described below:

a. Cement.

Cement shall have the certificate obtained from the factory of origin,
showing weight per bag of three (3) to six (6) ply rating.

b. Aggregates.

Aggregate shall conform to and be tested according to ASTM C 33


Specification. Test shall start thirty (30) days prior to the start of the
concrete work.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

c. Concrete.

At least thirty (30) days before concreting starts, the Contractor will make
trial mixes for testing, materials to be used, and methods which are
introduced in the works.
Trial mixes shall be as specified in section 3.3 of this Specification.

d. Admixtures.

All admixtures for concrete shall be tested according to the relevant ASTM
C 260 and ASTM C 494 at least thirty (30) days prior to the start of the
concrete works.
Admixtures shall not be used without approval of the Project Manager.

3.2.3. Test Mixing/Trial Mixes.

- The Contractor shall conduct test mixing of concrete, each types and
strength applied, prior to placement of concrete.

- Mixing design shall indicate water-cement ratio, water content, admixture


content, cement content, aggregate content, aggregate gradations, slump,
air content and strength.

- Minimum cement content shall be 360kg per cubic meter of concrete.


Maximum water content shall be 170kg per cubic meter of concrete.
The design slump shall be in the range 60mm to 100mm.

- The aggregates shall be batched from no less than two size grading, coarse
and fine (sand). Coral sand shall not be used for works under this Contract.
Fly ash may be added to increase the durability of concrete.

- The Contractor shall submit the grading curves to the Project Manager for
approval. The aggregate sources and the size grading shall not then be
changed from the approved aggregates.

- Trial mixes shall be carried out by the Contractor before the mix design is
approved by the Project Manager. Proportions may be determined by
weigh batching or volume batching. In the case of volume batching, two (2)
volume boxes shall be made, one being for sand and the other for coarse
aggregate.
The Contractor may use the following batch volumes for his trial concrete
mix.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Grade Cement Coarse


Sand Water
(Mpa) (40kg Aggregate
(m3) (Litres)
bags) (m3)
20 8 0.65 0.7 170
25 9 0.65 0.7 170
32 10 0.65 0.7 170

- Cement content shall be assessed by the number of 50kg bags of cement


type I used in each cubic meter of concrete, in this case being not less than
seven (7). Water content shall be assessed by water meter or the number of
buckets of known volume of water. There shall be no casual addition of
water to the mix by hose or bucket. The Contractor may include concrete
additives to the mix with the Project Manager’s approval.

- Make test mixing to that when test specimens are cured and tested under
laboratory conditions, their compressive strength will exceed the adequate
strength required. For each test mixing, make four (4) specimens at 7 days
and 28 days strength.
The 7 days test strength shall be at least 65% of the 28 days strength
required for the test mixing.
The test result report shall be submitted to the Project Manager for
approval. The Contractor shall not commence construction of concrete
works until the Project Manager has approved the Contractor’s Concrete
Mix Design. Once approved, the Contractor shall not vary the trial mix
proportions or component materials without the written approval of the
Project Manager.

- Prior to using any water reducing agents or high early strength promoting
admixtures, the Contractor shall submit details of the products technical
data to the Project Manager for review. The Contractor shall prepare a
series of four (4) concrete test cubes specimens trial mix using the
approved Concrete Mix Design with the proposed concrete admixture.
Testing of the specimens shall be carried out by a test laboratory approved
by the Project Manager. Two (2) of the specimens shall be tested at 7 days
and the remaining two (2) tested at 28 days. The results of the trial mix
testing (incorporating the admixture) shall be submitted to the Project
Manager for reviewand approval following each series of testing.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. Concrete

4.1.1. Composition of concrete, either by weight or by volume, shall be as determined


by the Project Manager and shall comply with the following conditions:

- Slump shall be as specified herein.


- Alternative mixes shall be used prior to the approval of the Project Manager.
- Excluding surface water aggregates.

4.1.2. Concrete are grouped in different classes, according to the following


requirements:

- Concrete Quality min. F’c= 25mPa (K-300) for shallow foundation,


Retaining Wall, Practical Column, Concrete Fence, and others as
showing in the drawings.
- Concrete Quality min. f’c= 21MPa (K-250) for general structure as
shown in the Drawings.

Concrete are grouped in different classes, and shall have the following
characteristics derived from laboratory test results :

A B
Water/cement ratio 0.55 or less 0.65 or less
Cement, kg/cu. m of
300 or more 250 or less
concrete
Slump, cm 12 or less 12 or less
Design standard strength 300, 175
at 28 days, K kg/sq.cm 250 125
(15 x 15 x 15) 225
See relevant
Proportioning strength,
Clauses
K kg/sq.cm
Method of compaction Vibrated or vibrated or
Concrete when placed Tamped tamped

Unless otherwise specified, concrete of A type shall be used for all structural
members of building, and shall be ready-mixed concrete.
Concrete of B type shall be used for levelling concrete under foundations and
other non structural components.

4.1.3. All ready mixed concrete shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2. Cement

4.2.1. Cement shall be portland cement type I complying with SNI 15-2049-2004.
Cement shall come from one brand, from Holcim or approval equal.

4.2.2. Material instant Cement (if required) shall be ready use concrete and ready to
mixing, such as DC-250 from Decon Multi Industri, or approval equal.

4.3. Water

Water for mixing, curing or other designated applications shall be clean and free from
harmful and deleterious substances such as alkali, acids, salt and other inorganic
matters.
However, as the case may happen, all water except what as mentioned herein shall be
tested and shall meet the requirement of AASHTO T26 and/or approved by the Project
Manager.

4.4. Fine Aggregates

4.4.1. The fine aggregate for concrete consisting of natural hard sand shall meet
ASTM C33 requirements, and shall be approved by the Project Manager for
concreting works.

Fine aggregate shall also meet the requirements of the following:


DESCRIPTION AASHTO TEST % BY WEIGHT
METHOD
Clay Lump T 112 0.5%
Coal and Ignite T 113 0.5%
Material Passing No. 200 T 11 3%
Sieve

4.4.2. Fine aggregate shall not contain inorganic materials, acids, alkalis and other
substances. Fine aggregates shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the
following grading requirements:

SIEVE DESIGNATION % WEIGHT PASSING SIEVE


(AASHTO T 27)

3/8” (9,5mm) 100


No. 4 (4,75mm) 95 – 100
No. 16 (1,18mm) 45 – 80
No. 50 (0,300mm) 10 – 30
No. 100 (0,150mm) 2 – 10
4.5. Coarse Aggregates.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.5.1. The coarse aggregates for construction shall consist of crushed granular
stones, crushed stone, blast furnace slag or other approved inert material of
similar characteristics which are hard, durable and free from deleterious
substances.

4.5.2. Coarse aggregates shall not contain deleterious substances in excess of the
percentages:

DESCRIPTION AASHTO TEST % BY WEIGHT


METHOD

Clay Lumps T 112 0.25%


Materials passing No.200 T 11 1%
sieve
Thin or elongated pieces - 10%
(length greater than 5 x max.
thickness

Other deleterious substances shall not exceed the percentage limits set forth-in
this Specification and/or approved by the Project Manager.

4.5.3. Coarse aggregate grading requirements shall be as specified in ASTM A33:

MAXIMUM SIZE
OF COARSE % BY WEIGHT PASSING SIEVES
AGGREGATE SIEVE DESIGNATION
(CM) 5.08 2.54 1.905 1.27 0.952 4 8 16
95-
3.81 - - - 10-13 0-5 - -
100
90- 20-
1.905 - 100 - 0-10 0-5 -
100 55
85-
0.952 - - - 100 10-30 0-10 0-5
100

4.5.4. Separate sizes of coarse aggregate shall be combined with other sizes at the
proportions by weight or by volume to produce an aggregate that meets the
grading requirements specified.

4.5.5. A sample of approved coarse aggregate material shall be retained on-site in


a sealed clear plastic container for comparison purposes. Any material
brought to site that differs substantially from the approved sample shall be
rejected.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.6. Curing Materials (if required)

Curing materials shall conform to the following requirements:

DESCRIPTION TEST METHOD

Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf AASHTO M 182


Liquid membrane-forming AASHTO M 148
compounds for curing concrete
White polyethylene sheeting (film) AASHTO M 171
for concrete curing

Other applicable method of curing concrete shall be approved by the Project Manager.

4.7. Admixture (if required)

4.7.1. Air entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 260 for all exposed
concrete, such as Sika Viscocrete or Master Air 303 from BASF.

4.7.2. Water reducing and retarding admixture for controlling the setting time of
concrete, if required, shall conform to ASTM C 494 type B and D,such as
Sikament LN or Master Pozzolith 402 from BASF.

4.7.3. Admixture for accelerating the setting time of concrete, if required, shall
conform to ASTM C 494 type C, such as Sikament LN/NN or Master
Glenium 8614 from BASF

4.7.4. Admixture for waterproofing substructure concrete ( Waterproofing Integral ),


if required and as instructed by the engineer, shall conform to BS 1881: Part
122 for water absorption or ASTM C 494 type A, such as Sika Viscocrete 3115
N or Master Glenium 8614+MasterPel 725 from BASF.

4.7.5. Superplasticiser shall be of the following types:

- Non-retarding type shall conform to ASTM C494 type F,


- Slump-retaining type shall conform to ASTM C494 type G,
- Retarding type shall conform to ASTM C494 type G,

from Sikament/Viscocrete, Master Rheobuild 1100 from BASF or approved


equal.

Type of superplasticiser to be used shall be as recommended by the admixture


manufacturer and as approved by the Project Manager.

4.8. Joint Filler and Joint Sealant

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.8.1. Joint filler shall conform to the requirement of ANSI/ASTM D 1751-73/D-545-


77, such as Bitumen Impregnated Board by Sika or approval equal.

4.8.2. Joint sealant for building shall conform to the requirement ISO 1100 (type F
Class 25HM/20LM), such as Sika Construction AP or approval equal.

4.8.3. Joint sealant for Road such as Sikaflex T68 W or approved equal.

4.9. Reinforcing Steel

Reinforcing steel and dowel bars shall be as specified in Specification 03 20 00.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Falsework and Forms

5.1.1. Falsework shall be built on foundation of sufficient strength to carry the loads
without settlement.

5.1.2. Falsework which can not be founded on solid footings must be supported and
reinforced by sufficient additional supporting falsework. Prior to placing of
falsework, a representative design to carry the loads for a certain job shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for approval.

5.1.3. Forms shall comply with the requirements below:

- All forms shall be provided with adequate clean out openings to permit
inspection and easy cleaning after all the reinforcement is in position.

- Form materials shall be of lumber not less than 20mm thick and plywood
not less than 12mm, metal not less than 0,6mm, or other acceptable
material.
All exposed concrete surfaces shall be cast with a smooth “off-form” finish.
No plastering shall be undertaken without the approval of the Project
Manager.
Provide timber or plastic chamfer strips (20mm x 20mm) securely nail
fixed on all corners of formwork for exposed concrete members as
indicated in the Drawings.
Wood material used shall be approved by the Project Manager, sufficiently
dry and solid enough to receive load, selected straight, sound and free
from loose knot holes, splits and other defects, milled to net shapes and
sizes.
The samples of materials, dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 10 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

tight fit, shall be submitted to the Project Manager for approval.

- Form, shoring and bracing design and construction shall be the


Contractor's responsibility.
Forms shall be mortar tight and structurally rigid to disallow distortion due
to the pressure of the vibrator and the concrete and other loads.

- Forms shall be constructed carefully and inspected for adequacy of


construction before concrete pour.

- All corner joints shall be rigid in order to prevent opening during


construction progress. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
adequacy of forms and supports.

- Metal ties, struts, bolts and rods shall be arranged so that when the forms
are removed, all metal shall not be less than 50mm from the exposed
concrete surface.

- For all weather exposed concrete, metal ties if permitted shall be removed
to a depth of at least 25mm from the concrete face without resulting injury
of the concrete surface.

- Suitable cones shall be provided. The cavities shall be filled with mortar
and the surface left smooth, even and uniform in colour.

5.1.4. Where the bottom of the forms is inaccessible, the lower form boards shall be
left loose, or other provisions made so that extraneous materials may be
removed from the forms easily before concrete placing.

5.2. Form Surface Treatment

All form surfaces shall be-treated with approved form release oil prior to placing of
reinforcing steel, and, wood forms shall be wetted with water before concrete placing.
No treatment compound shall be used which may discolour the finished concrete.

5.3. Placing of Utility Pipes and Conduits

5.3.1. Utility pipes, conduits for power and telecommunication cables that are to be
embedded in the concrete, shall be installed before placing the concrete, at
position as indicated in the Drawings, and in manner as not to reduce the
concrete strength. Those utility pipes and conduits shall be protected/
covered in order to avoid the concrete entering them during concrete pouring.

5.3.2. Weep holes shall be provided and placed on all retaining walls or according to

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 11 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

the Drawings.
Unless otherwise specified, weep holes shall be located at 2000mm spacing.

5.3.3. Weep holes, utility pipes and conduits shall be from PVC pipe having working
pressure of 8kg/cm² complying with SNI 06-0084-2002, such as from
Wavin, Maspion, Pralon, Vinilon. Diameter of PVC pipe shall be as shown in
the Drawings.

5.4. Tolerances

The Contractor shall maintain and set the concrete forms to ensure that, after form
removal and prior to patching and finishing work, no portion of the concrete work shall
exceed any of the tolerances specification in the Drawings. Variations of deck levels
shall be measured before removal of shoring and supports.
Tolerances shall conform to ACI 347 and/or be approved by the Project Manager.

5.5. Concrete Cover

Unless otherwise specified, minimum thickness of concrete cover shall be made


according to the usage and as shown in the Drawings.

5.6. Proportioning and Mixing of Concrete.

5.6.1. Proportioning of materials shall be accomplished by weighing or by volume


batching.

5.6.2. The Contractor shall submit his proposed mixing plant to the Project Manager
for approval before use. The plant must be robust and reliable, and be capable
of mixing 10cubic meters of concrete in not more than two hours. The mix
volume boxes shall be so sized that they suit the capacity of the mixing bowl of
the plant.

5.6.3. Mixing of concrete shall not commence without ensuring that the stocks of
components are adequate, with a reasonable safety margin, for the completion
of the particular pour of concrete.

5.6.4. In case of pours which can not be interrupted, the Contractor shall make
provision for adequate standby equipment as approved by the Project
Manager.

5.6.5. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with


requirements of ASTM C685.

5.7. Construction Joints

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 12 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

All construction joints shall be located where shown in the Drawings or determined by
the Project Manager.
Construction joints shall be perpendicular to the principal lines of stress and in general
shall be located at points of minimum shear at horizontal construction joints.
Necessary dowels, load transfer devices and bonding devices shall be placed as
shown.

5.8. Open Joints

Open joints shall be constructed where shown by insertion and subsequent removal of
wooden strip, metal plate or other approved material.
The insertion and removal of the template shall be accomplished without chipping on
breakage of edges or corners of the concrete. Reinforcement shall not extend across
an open joint unless otherwise specified.

5.9. Filled Joints

5.9.1. Poured expansion joints shall be constructed similar to open joints. When re-
moulded expansion joints are specified, thickness of filler as installed shall be
as required in the Drawings. The joint filler shall be cut to the same shape and
size as the surface being joined.

5.9.2. It shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in
such a manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is deposited against
it.

5.9.3. Where it is necessary to use more than 1 (one) piece of filler to cover any
surface, the abutting pieces shall be placed in close contact and the joint
between them shall be covered with a layer of asphalt saturated roofing felt of
not less than 18kg grade, one side of which shall be covered with hot asphalt to
ensure proper retention.
Where joint sealant is indicated, the joint filler shall be set at least 7mm below
or behind the exposed concrete surface.

5.9.4. Immediately after the forms are removed, the expansion joints shall be
inspected carefully.

5.9.5. Any concrete or mortar that has sealed across the joints shall be cut neatly
and removed.
When, during construction, an opening of 3 mm or more appears in any joint
over which any traffic will occur, the opening shall be completely filled with joint
sealant as directed by the Project Manager.

5.10. Placing of Concrete

5.10.1. Concrete shall not be placed until forms, reinforcements, insert, block outs and
others have been approved by the Project Manager.
The forms shall be cleaned, free of shakes, splits, notches, debris, and warps
before concrete is poured.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 13 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.10.2. The prepared and approved area for pouring the concrete shall be no larger
than 36m2 per block. In every concrete run, pouring shall be done one (1) block
after the other.
The external surface of concrete shall be properly worked out during the
placing.

5.10.3. Ambient temperature when placing of concrete shall be 30ºC ± 2ºC.


Temperature of concrete shall not exceed than 35ºC.

5.10.4. The difference between temperature of inside of the concrete and its surface
shall not be more than 20ºC.

5.10.5. Thorough vibration of 380-500mm distances shall be maintained in order to


avoid honeycombing and to obtain smooth surfaces.
During the vibration of concrete, the vibrator stick shall be held plumb or
perpendicular to the horizontal surface of the fresh concrete.

5.11. Chutes Pipes and Troughs

5.11.1. Concrete shall be placed so as to prevent segregation of materials and


displacement of reinforcing bars.
Where steep slopes are required, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle
boards which shall be in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement.
All chutes, troughs and pipes shall be maintained and kept free from a
hardened coating of concrete by properly flushing with water after each run.
The flushed water shall be discharged clear of the concrete already in place.

5.11.2. Concrete shall not be dropped in the forms from a height more than 150cm
unless confined by closed chutes or pipes or tremie. After initial setting of
concrete, forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall be placed on the ends of
the reinforcement. Concrete shall be discharged from the mixer and
transported within 1 (one) hour to final positions as approved by the Project
Manager.
This shall guarantee that the concrete is of the required workability at the point
and time of placing and the Contractor shall maintain a continuous delivery of
concrete.

5.11.3. All the equipment, machinery and tools used for this work shall be clean, and in
good operating condition. If possible a standby unit or spare parts shall be
available in site.

5.11.4. If used, pump lines must be laid so that the flow of concrete is not interrupted.
Sharp bends shall be avoided.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 14 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.11.5. Water content and particle size of aggregates shall be carefully watched when
concrete is being pumped to avoid clogging.
The slopes of troughs for conveying the fresh concrete shall be well chosen so
that the concrete with minimum water content flows in a uniform stream
without segregation of cement and aggregate.

5.11.6. When concrete is placed directly on earth or plastic membrane placed on


earth, the bed or base shall be clean and compacted, and free from standing or
running water, and shall be in accordance with the Specified Drawings.
Form surfaces upon where concrete are to be placed shall be properly cleaned
of mud, loose rock, debris and other objectionable materials of coatings. These
procedures shal l be subject to the Project Manager for the approval.
To prevent surface water entering the concrete, place moisture barrier made of
plastic membrane on the prepared surface.
This procedure shall be approved by the Project Manager.

5.12. Removal of Forms

Forms and falsework shall not be removed without the approval of the Project
Manager. The Project Manager's approval shall not relieve the Contractor for the
safety of the work. The schedule for removal shall be approved in advance by the
Project Manager.

5.13. Patching of Concrete

5.13.1. The Contractor shall request to the Project Manager to inspect concrete
surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.

5.13.2. The Contractor shall (at his own expense) replace concrete not conforming to
required lines, details and elevations or having excessive defects. Do not patch,
fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed architectural concrete except upon
the express direction of the Project Manager.

5.13.3. All general concrete formed surfaces shall have "as-cast" finish using specified
forms.
Tie holes shall be plugged. Exposed surfaces and surfaces to receive paint
shall have repairable defects patched, have joints pointed, have fins and
mortar drippings rubbed smooth, and have form coating films and surface dirt
removed.

5.13.4. Honeycombs, hollows or cold joints shall be repaired only upon the express
direction of the Project Manager.
Patching materials shall be cohesive, un-shrinkable and surpass the concrete
in strength.

5.13.5. Remove blemishes, rust, stains or discolouration exposed concrete or


concrete to be painted by:

- Light sand blasting.


- A clean down with a mild solution of detergent and water applied by
scrubbing vigorously with soft bristle brushes, then flushing out with water.
Remove rust stains by applying a paste of oxalic acid, allow to stand and to
remove by rubbing with an approved hone.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 15 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- A clean down with a solution of muriatic acid containing not less than 2% or
more than 5% acid by volume, applied to surface previously saturated with
clean water. Remove acid. Protect metal and other materials that would be
damaged by acid.
- Lime poultice.
- Honing or grinding.

5.14. Concrete Finishing

Where specified in the Drawings, floor hardener shall be evenly distributed over freshly
leveled and floated concrete, in a manner as recommended by the manufacturer. Floor
hardener shall be maintained at 4kg/m², unless otherwise shown in the Drawings.
Curing for hardener shall be applied according to the manufacturer's instruction.

5.15. Curing and Protection

The following measures shall be taken to protect freshly deposited concrete from the
sun, wind and rain until it has set properly, and to prevent quick drying:

- All forms containing concrete shall be kept moist until they are removed.
- All exposed surfaces of concrete shall be moistened continuously for 7
consecutive days after pouring.
- Special care shall be taken of surfaces of roof-slabs which shall either be covered
with moistened hessian or be protected from drying out by other suitable means.
- It shall not be allowed to store materials on or to transport them over construction,
which, in the opinion of the Project Manager, has not been sufficiently hardened.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cast in Place
REVISION :A PAGE : 16 of 16
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

03 60 00

GROUTING

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall include furnishing of equipment, materials, labour and application of grout at
places as directed by the Project Manager.
The work shall include, but not be limited to the following:

- Grouting of anchor bolts and base plates.


- Grouting of posts and structural steel columns.
- Grouting of machinery and equipment.
- And others as shown in the drawings

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of Manufacture

2.2. Related Specifications:

- Concrete:

 03 30 00 – Cast in Place

- Metal:

 05 50 00 – Miscellaneous Metal

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Sample, brochure and/or technical data of the specified material shall be submitted to
the Project Manager for approval, prior to delivery to location.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 60 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Grouting
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Handling and Storage

Original pack/bag from the factory shall be tightly closed and shall be kept in storage
with enough ventilation, free from humidity and water, and shall be placed at 30cm
above floor.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. Grout

Grout shall be made of cement material and shall have minimum characteristics as
follows:

- Premixed product ready to use,


- Impact and vibration resistant,
- Non-shrinkage and non-metallic type,
- Complying with ASTM C 1107,

such as Sika Grout 215 new, Conbextra GPXtra by Fosroc, Masterflow 830 by
BASF or approved equal.

4.2. Water

Water for mixing shall be clean water complying with the requirements of Specification
03 30 00.

4.3. Moulds/Formworks

Moulds/formworks shall be made of steel plate or plywood from suitable thickness,


which shall be formed in sizes and forms as specified in the Drawings.
Moulds/formworks shall be made in same size for places which shall have same size
and form.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preparation

5.1.1. Moulds/formworks shall be designed so that the grout is surcharged


throughout the grouting operation. Good access should be provided.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 60 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Grouting
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.1.2. Moulds/formworks shall have been prepared and surfaces/parts to be grouted


are clean, dry and free from oil, grease and other contaminants likely to impair
bond. Dust has to be blown from pockets.

5.1.3. Anchors, fixing bolts and base plates shall have been elevated prior to grouting.

5.2. Weather

The weather at the time of grout application being held shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the grout manufacturer.

5.3. Mixing

The mixing comparison between grout and water shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer instruction.
Mixing is carried out mechanically, by force action mixer or a suitable mixing paddle
attachment to a slow speed drill.

5.4. Application

5.4.1. Grout might be poured or pumped into the mould, or as specified by the
manufacturer's instruction. Gentle vibration will aid flow.

5.4.2. Use of straps or chains will aid flow where distances of over 100cm are involved
(sawing action of the strap or chain promotes sympathetic flow of the grout-the
technique shall be used with discretion to avoid the creation of voids).

5.4.3. Flow of grout shall be maintained until the grout has completely filled the void
and has risen for the full length of the form on the opposite side. Grouting shall
take place from one side only.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : CONCRETE


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 03 60 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Grouting
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 3
DIVISION 4
MASONRY
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

04 05 13

MASONRY MORTARING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall comprise the supply of manpower, materials and machine mixers, and
execution of all work for the cement mortar. It shall include but not limited to plastering/fine
coating of walls. Work shall be performed in accordance with the correct lines, grades and
alignments as shown in the Drawings, or as directed by the Project Manager.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standar Nasional Indonesia ( SNI ):

- SNI 15-2049-2004 - Semen Portland.

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C 185 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Hydraulic Cemet Mortar
- ASTM C 109 – Standard Test Method for Comprehensive Strength of Hydraulic
Cement Mortars

3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI):

- ANSI 118.4 - Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar

4. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

- AASHTO T 26-2008 – Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to Be Used in


Concrete

5. British Standard (BS):

- BS EN 196-6-2010 – Methods of Testing Cement


- BS EN 998-2-2016 – Specification Mortar for Masonry

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

6. Standard of Manufacture

7. Related Specifications:

 Masonry:

 04 22 26 – Auticlaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Prior to construcion, the Contractor shall submitt to Project Manager samples of all
materials for cement mortar work, for approval.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard
practices.

3.2.2. Certified test report shall submitt to showing that the type of mortar complies
with the specified requirements, and prepared by qualified independent
laboratory indicating compliance with performance requirements for mortar
admixtures.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All cement in bag or bulk shall be delivered in original packages, containers and
bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand name, and stored in a
clean ground area, dry, free of surface water run-off, under watertight cover,
away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready for use,
provided the area has sufficient drainage and shall free from foreign materials.
Height of stockpile shall not exceed 1200mm in order to prevet segregation.
Damage or deterioted material shall be removed from the premises.

3.3.2. Store areas should be accessible to delivery trucks and convenient to material
staging areas. If possible, drop-deliver the material right to the material staging
ares. Storage material should be stored away from other construction activities
on a flat-grade area that is not susceptible to standing water, erosion or setting.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3.3. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry
location. Avoid excessive stacking, maximum 8 stacks for each pallet
(maximum 2 by 8 stacks in each pallet). Shelf life 12months stored in closed
bag in dry room.

3.4. Warranty

Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged by


manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results.
Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside manufacturer’s
recommended limits.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Premix Mortar as Thin Bed Adhesive for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry
Units

Premix mortar as Thin Bed Adhesive for autoclaved aerated concrete blocks shall
consist of adhesive Portland Cement, Aggregate Silica sand with maximum grain
diameter of 0.6mm, filler to increase solodity and reduce mixture porosity, and additive
water soluble material to improve the workability and adhesiveness, all are mixed in dry
condition to make the mixture ready to be used by adding some water as recommended
by the manufacturer, such as MU-382 ( 3mm thickness ) from PT Cipta Mortar Utama,
Thinbed-101 ( 3mm thickness) from Drymix, Thinbed-LM 301 (tebal 3mm) from
LeichtMix.

Premix Mortar as Thin Bed Adhesive for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units
shall comply with the following requirements:

- Compressive Strength: min. 10N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 1855 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,4N/mm2 ( DIN 1855 )

4.2. Premix Plaster for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units

Premix plaster for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry unit shall consist of cement,
silicate sand with maximum diameter of 1,2mm, filler, additive mixed homogenous and
water soluble admixture, all are mixed in dry condition to make the mixture ready to be

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

used by adding some water as recommended by the manufacturer, such as MU-100


( 10-15mm thickness, >15mm thickness 2 layer application ) from PT Cipta Mortar
Utama, DrymixPlester (10-15mm thickness, >15mm thickness 2 layer application )
from Drymix, Plester (tebal 10mm) dari Drymix, atau LM-110 dari LeichtMix.

Premix plaster including Skim Coat for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units
shall comply with the following requirements:

- Compressive Strength : min. 5N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 1855 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,2N/mm2 ( DIN 1855 )

4.3. Fine Coat for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units

Premix fine coat for smoothing out all masonry surfaces shall consist of cement, filler,
and other additional material that are evenly mixed to make the mixture ready to use for
soothing out just by adding water, such as MU-250 (3mm thickness) by PT Cipta
Mortar Utama, Acian (3mm) dari Drymix, atau LM-201 dari LeichtMix.

Fine Coat for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units shall comply with the
following requirements:

- Compressive Strength : min. 10N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 1855 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,4N/mm2 ( DIN 1855 )

4.4. Fine Coat for Concrete (grey)

Premix fine coat for smoothing out all masonry surfaces shall consist of cement, filler,
and other additional material that are evenly mixed to make the mixture ready to use for
soothing out just by adding water, such as MMU-202 (tebal 3mm) dari PT Cipta
Mortar Utama, Skimcoat (3mm) dari Drymix, atau LM-201 dari LeichtMix.

Adukan Acian Siap Pakai untuk Bata Merah dan bata Beton Ringan harus memenuhi
syarat:

- Compressive Strength : min. 10N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 1855 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,4N/mm2 ( DIN 1855 )

4.5. Premix Plaster and Fine Coat/Render for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry
Units

Premix Plaster and fine coat for all masonry surfaces shall consist of cement, aggregate

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Silica sand with maximum grain diameter of 0.6mm,filler to increase solidity, and other
additional material that are evenly mixed to make the mixture ready to use for soothing
out just by adding water, such as MU-290 Finish Plaster (thickness 5mm) dari PT
Cipta Mortar Utama, Plester Ringan 2in1 (5mm) from Drymix, atau Render-LM110
from LeichtMix
Fine Coat for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry Units shall comply with the
following requirements:

- Compressive Strength : min. 5N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 1855 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,3N/mm2 ( DIN 1855 )

4.6. Skim Coat (White)

Skim Coat for Concrete Finish Coat shall consist of cement as bonding agent, filler to
increase density and lessening mixture porosity, additive polimer to increase workability
and adhesiveness, and water,
All White Instant Cements shall be applicable for Interior or exterior of a building,
applicable on concrete and plaster in surface, white, harder and smooth result, high
adhesive power, prevent soft crack due to shrinkage of the structure, and in dry
condition to make the mixture ready to be used by adding some water as recommended
by the manufacturer, such as MU-270 (1,5-3mm thickness) by PT Cipta Mortar
Utama, SkimKot Putih (2-3mm thickness) from Drymix, SkimCoat White-LM 202
(1,5-3mm thickness) from LeichtMix or approved equal.

Skim Coat for Concrete Finish Coat shall comply with the following requirements:

- Compressive Strength : min. 6-8N/mm2 at 28 days ( DIN 18555 )


- Adhesion : min. 0,4-0,6N/mm2 ( EN 1015-12 )

4.7. Water

Water for mixing shall be clean and free from harmful and deleterious substances such as
alkali, acids, salt and other inorganic matters.
Water of known quality and for human drinking consumption need not be tested. However,
as the case may happen, all water except what as mentioned herein shall be tested and
shall meet the requirements of AASHTO T26 and/or approved by the Project Manager.

4.8. Caulking

A plastic, non-staining compound such as specified in Specification 07 92 00, for


exposed joints at the perimeters of door and window frames, window openings for

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

equipment and others.

4.9. Anchor Ties

Anchor ties shall be of galvanized mild steel with dimensions as shown by the Drawings.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

- All materials except water shall be properly mixed in a tight box or in an approved
mortar mixer, until the mixture attained a uniform colour after which the correct
amount of water shall be added and the mixing continued.

- Mortar shall be mixed for the required quantity to be used and minimum mixing time
shall be 1 to 2 minutes prior to application. Mixed mortar that is not used within the
period of 45 minutes after mixing shall be discarded or rejected.

- Retempering of mixed mortar is strictly prohibited.

- Premix mortar shall be mixed according to the manufacturer’s installation instruction.

- Lay Autoclaved Aerated Concrete block work in advance plumb, true to line, with
level, accurately spaced courses. Keep bond plumb throughout, with comers, reveals
plumb and true.

5.2. Preparation

5.2.1. Preparation and Cleaning of the Surface

 All surfaces to receive cement mortar shall be free of laitance, loose


carbonate scale and other objectionable matter. Clean the surface from dirt,
dust and all that could reduce the adhesiveness of the mixture

 The application of cement mortar is allowed after the finishing of all utilities
installation, and all parts which will receive cement mortar are already
protected under the roof. Put sufficient marks such as the upper part of
plastered area for the smoothness of surface. Should the wall gets too dry,
wet the surface with the water first.

- The surface to be plastered shall be not less than two (2) weeks in age, then

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

the surface shall be first wetted with water until saturated and the joints
havre been raked to the depth according to standard of manufacture and
clean.

5.2.2. Mixes

- Composition of premix mortar shall be as recommended by the


manufacturer
- Water requirement per bag (40kg) according to Standard of Manufacture.
- Dry premix mortar mix into mixing container. Setting Time according to
manufacture.

5.3. Installation Premix Mortar for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry

5.3.1. Premix Mortar as Thin Bed Adhesive

Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry block layering is done manually with


crved currycomb as general application is suggested.
The suggested thickness of space is 3 mm.
Base for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry block Installation on sloof or
concrete floor shall be 3mm.
Lay all Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks with full mortar coverage on both
horizontal and vertical face shells.

5.3.2. Plaster

1. Prepare the area & surface to be plastered.


2. Put sufficient marks such as the upper part of plastered area for the
smoothness of surface
3. Should the wall gets too dry, wet the surface with water first.
4. Thickness of 10-15 mm, it will depend on the smoothness of the surface.
When thicker layer is needed, multilayer application is possible.
5. After 24 hours coating could be implemented.

5.3.3. Fine Coat

Smoothing out shall be carried out after the plaster is saturated of water spraying so
that the plaster become smooth with no cracks and the plaster is eight (8) days old
or is really dry.
For seven (7) days after smoothing out the surface, the Contractor shall always wet
that surface until saturated, minimum twice a day.
Coating should be applied manually as general application

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Recommended thickness of plaster is 1.5 – 3.0 mm, which depends on the


surface’s smoothness.

5.3.4. Parging and Control Joints

 The location of control joints should be specified in the Drawings. The width
of Control Joints should be minimum 3/8” wide, but no more than ½” wide.
Control Joints shall be provided at a spacing of 3 times the wall height or
maximum of 24’ on center unless otherwise according to The Drawings.

 Leave Joint Open and clean for caulking in accordance with section 07 92
00.

 The inner surface of all face block shall be fully parged. Bed and head joints
shall have mitre profiles, which shall be accomplished with a tool suitable for
the purpose, joints in masonry below grade and in pipe tunnels above ceilings,
behind cabinets, shelving and others, shall be struck smooth, and pointed
with waterproof mastic below grade or equal water proofing agent, as
approved by the Project Manager.

 The inner surface of all face block shall be fully parged. Bed and head joints
shall have mitre profiles, which shall be accomplished with a tool suitable for
the purpose, joints in masonry below grade and in pipe tunnels above ceilings,
behind cabinets, shelving and others, shall be struck smooth, and pointed
with waterproof mastic below grade or equal water proofing agent, as
approved by the Project Manager.

5.3.5. Grout Filling

- Prior to grouting operations, thoroughly wet all cells and grout contact
surfaces.

- Provide a clean-out opening at the base of the Autoclvaed Aerated


Concrete wall at each vertical reinforcing bar locations.

- Fill all cores with 20MPa concrete, using maximum 10mm coarse
aggregates. Filling of all cores to take place after laying block courses up to
a maximum height of 1200mm. Cores to be filled at 1200mm intervals
(vertically) leaving a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 3 hours between
pours. Concrete grout filling shall be compacted by rodding down vertical
cores.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Locate horizontal and vertical reinforcement as shown on engineer’s details,


including all starter bars and bars where internal and external walls abutt.
Where no reinforcing details are shown on plans, use 12mm at 600 centres
both vertical and horizontal. All splices to be 60 times bar diameter.

- Do not use high lift pour. Maximum 1200mm high lift for all grouting.

5.3.6. Flexible Flashing

- Clean Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit surfaces smooth, maintain free


from projections capable of puncturing flashing material.

- Follow requirements indicated in Flexible Flashing Section.

5.3.7. Building in other work

 Install work of other sections required to be incorporated with Autoclavede


Aerated Concrete units as work progress, including anchors and
accessories. Space and align built-in parts, exercise care not to disturb
other materials from position.

 Coordinate with Sequencing and Scheduling Article for required routing


and chases.

 Fill in interior spaces around built-in items with fine grout or interior plaster.

 Fill in exterior spaces around built-in items with fine grout.

 Windows can be installed directly to Autoclaved Aerated Concrete


depending on the finish of exterior or buck strips for fastening windows fin.
An adhesive substrate should be used when installing buck strips.

 Doors can be installed directly to Autoclaved Aerated Concrete. The


adjustable steel fixing lugs supplied with metal window and doors’ frames
shall be anchored into suitable courses in the walls.
Jambs in new concrete masonry openings shall be plumbed true and any
apertures between door/window frames and concrete masonry shall be
mortared and neatly pointed. Wherever practicable, these items are to be
built-in during wall construction. Paint prime all frames and sills before
building in.

 For Interior Wall and Partitions, where finished surface shows exposed or

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

painted masonry, careful workmanship and finishing shall be required.


Discoloured or broken units, smeared or damaged surfaces, and joints of
uneven thickness shall be the cause for rejection of work or of portion
thereby.

 The necessary cutting and fitting of all concrete masonry units around
switch boxes, piping, fixtures, conduit and others shall be carefully
coordinated between trades and neatly finished by mason, closing
intervening gaps or apertures with mortar and/or finish coloured mastic or
tuck-pointed.

5.3.8. Inspection and Testing

All works shall be free of access for inspection and testing. The Contractor shall
provide assistance to the Project Manager at all times necessary to get samples
on completed finishes. Any portion found out unsatisfactory shall be repaired
and worked out in same manner of what was previously done without any
addi¬tional expense to the Owner.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 05 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Masonry Mortar
REVISION :A PAGE : 10 of 10
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

04 22 26

AUTOCLAVED AERATED CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall including furnishing of equipment, materials, labour and application of
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry, as indicated in the Drawings and/or herein
specified.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia ( SNI ):

- SNI 03-2156-1991 - Blok Beton Ringan Bergelembung Udara (Aerated) dengan


proses Otoklaf
- SNI 1741-2008 - Cara Uji Ketahanan Api Komponen Struktur Bangunan untuk
pencegahan bahaya kebakaran pada bangunan rumah dan gedung

2.2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C 1693-11-2017 - Standard Specification for Autoclaved Aerated Concrete


(AAC)
- ASTM C1692 - Practice for Construction and Testing of Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete (AAC) Masonry
- ASTM E119-15 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Test of Building Construction and
Materials

2.3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI):

- ANSI 118.4 - Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar

2.4. British Standard (BS):

- BS EN 772-1:2011+A1:2015 - Methods of Test for Masonry Units, Determination of


Compressive Strength
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- BS EN 771-4: 2011+A1:2015 - Specification for Masonry Unit, Autoclaved Aerated


Concret Masonry Units
- BS 476 - Fire Test on Building Materials and Structures

2.5. Standard of Manufacture

2.6. Related Specifications:

 Concrete:

 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing
 03 30 00 - Cast in Place Concrete

 Masonry:

 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortar

 Openings:

 08 11 00 - Fire Doors and Frames


 08 11 13 – Steel Doors and Frames
 08 11 16 – Aluminium Doors and Frames
 08 55 13 – Aluminium Wndows and Frames

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Samples of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry shall be submitted for approval
by Project Manager, before deliveries are commended. All subsequent deliveries shall
generally be up to the standard of the approved samples.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard
practices.

3.2.2. Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those


assemblies with fire resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing
and inspecting agency, by equivalent Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Masonry
thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. Autoclaved Aerated Unit Masonry shall be stacked under cover and off the
ground. Cementitious materials shall be stored in a weatherproof, ventilated
shed upon platforms above the ground and effectively protected from weather
or moisture prior to use. Logistically it shall be first in - first out.

3.3.2. All Autoclaved Aerated Unit Masonry shall be brought to the site and stored.
Storage shall be arranged in a manner as to keep the blocks dry, either by
tarpaulin or shed roof or combination of both.

3.3.3. Store areas should be accessible to delivery trucks and convenient to material
staging areas. If possible, drop-deliver the material right to the material staging
ares. Storage material should be stored away from other construction activities
on a flat-grade area that is not susceptible to standing water, erosion or setting.

3.3.4. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry
location.

3.3.5. Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether
built in or not

3.4. Shop Drawing

The Contractor shall submitt Shop Drawing which show details, placing diagrams,
instructions and notes on materials, for masonry trim in the form of cutting and setting
drawings in accordance to the lines, elevations of the Drawings and shall be approved by
The Project manager.

3.5. Warranty

Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged by


manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results. Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside manufacturer’s
recommended limits.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Autoclaved Aerated Concrete shall be made of silicate sand, cement, lime, water and
aluminium powder and shall conform to SNI 03-2156-1991, ASTM C 1693-11-2017 or
BS EN 771-4: 2011+A1:2015.

Autocaled Aerated Concrete shall comply with the following requirements:

- Compressive Strength over the gross area minimum ≥3N/mm2


- Dry Density minimum ≥480kg/m3
- Fire rating minimum 2hours
- Dimensions 600mm (Length/L) x 200mm (Height/H) and 125mm (Weight/W)

such as manufactured by Leichtbric, Celcon, Powerblock or approval equal.

4.2. Cement Mortar for Aerated Autoclaved Concrete shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Section 04 05 13.
waterproofing mortar shall be made by adding to the base mixture, a waterproofing
compound complying with ANSI 118.4 and Standard of Manufacture.
Waterproof layer for Trasraam material commonly used in building shall be 30 cm above
the floor surface and roof, for toilet walls 160 cm height with type of
dampproofing/waterproofing accordance with the requirements of Section 07 10 00.

4.3. Caulking

A plastic, non-staining compound such as specified in Specification 07 92 00, for


exposed joints at the perimeters of door and window frames, window openings for
equipment and others.

4.4. Anchor Ties

Anchor ties shall be of galvanized mild steel with dimensions as shown by the Drawings.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

 Wall shall be classified as 100mm thickness of Autoclaved Arated Masonry units


with 75% solid or more net area, laid contiguously in mortar and bonded as specified
herein and the Drawings.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

 All units shall be laid with full mortar joints and all heads, bed and other joints shall be
completely filled with mortar.

5.2. Preparation

5.2.1. Mark and layout Slab

 The slab should be placed within a tolerance of +/- ¼” per 10’ (max) in order
to maintain a straight and accurate first leveling course.
 Lay out wall lines on building slab by Control Lines

5.2.2. Mixes

 Thin Bed Adhesive, Plaster and Finish Coat for Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete Masonry shall be according with requirements of Section 04
05 13. For Head Joint and Bed Joint Mortar, mix accordance with
manufacturer’s mixing instructions.

5.3. Installation and Laying of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry

5.3.1. Laying Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry

 Vertical Wood as milestone must be plumb with line marking.

 Lay Autoclaved Aerated Concrete units plumb, and true to line for range.

 All blocks shall be kept damp during construction and shall be laid on a full
bed of mortar.

Single frogged block shall be laid with a frog uppermost and all joints shall
be evenly coated. The thickness of the horizontal and vertical mortar joints
shall be 10mm. Tolerance +/- 1mm. All mortar joints shall be neatly tooled to
form slightly rounded (concave) joint.

 Autoclaved Aerated Concrete masonry units shall not be dampened before


laying, however the surface shall be moistened before contact with mortar.
No damaged units shall be used.

 Blockwork shall be built in a uniform manner in truly plumbed and level


courses, shall be true to vertical or battered lines. Corners and other
advanced work shall be rack back and not raised above the general level

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

more than 1m. The maximum vertical tolerance for out of vertical is 10mm in
4000mm.

 Place each block as close to head joint as possible before lowering the
block onto the bed joint. Avoid excessive movement along bed joint. Make
adjustment while mortar is still sof and plastic by tapping to plumb and
bringing to alignment.

 Check each Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit as laid with masonry level
for level and plumb with wall below. Rasp top of block course, if necessary,
to ensure a level bed joint for the next course.

 Applying thin-bed mortar on all vertical and horizontal joints. When


laying block to block, set backside of block down and then set butting face
of block into position. Use a brush to clean Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
Blocks surface before mortar application.

 Remove and replace mortar with fresh mortar, where adjustment must be
made after mortar has started to set.

 Keep bed and head joints uniform in width.

 Standard thickness for both horizontal and vertical mortar joints shall be
according with requirements of Section 04 05 13.

 After blocks installation, remove spilled mortar using a joint knife. When
using the knife, hold at an angle towards the blocks and scrape downward
45 degree angle, to avoid cathcing the blade in the joints.

- Check alignment and level after each unit installation to achieve a


plumbed wall.

- Autoclaved Aerated Concrete masonry unit walls shall be laid up in


maximum 1200mm lifts prior to grout filling. High lift grouting is not
permitted.

- Exposed Autoclaved Aerated concrete masonry units shall be laid true to


line and level, with horizontal bed and vertical head joints of uniform
thickness as designated.

The courses shall be exactly poled to line with all window sill and head, all
other wall penetrations and apertures as applicable and as shown in the

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Drawings. Vertical joints shall be kept in alignment throughout and


symmetrically placed in panels and piers.

- The Autoclaved Aerated Concrete masonry shall level all walls for bearing
by rod heights to receive joints, beams, columns, girders and others, with
blocking. Reinforcements shall be used at least every 600mm in length of
walls and at all piers, corners, plates, beams and others or as shown on the
drawings. Where so described or directed, reveals and piers shall be built,
fixing and/or railing blocks and embedded items, for the work of other trades
shall be incorporat¬ed as the work proceeds in location as shown by the
Drawings. Autoclaved Aerated Concrete masonry shall be cut and chipped
to level wherever necessary to gain the required heights.

- All concrete masonry on which ends bear a steel or concrete beam, shall be
grouted with concrete to the bearing course, and shall also be
reinforced with Ø 8mm bar.

- All embedded items associated with the main or secondary structure, shall
be set in said grout at time of pouring.

5.3.2. Cutting Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit Masonry

For Cutting Autoclaved Aerated Concrete with hand saw or electric band saw,
according to manufacture’s recommended. Layout units to minimize cutting and
adjustment pieces. A large square or framing square is in marking blocks for
straight cuts. A wooden sawback rasp can be used to even out openings and
leveling blocks.

5.3.3. Parging and Control Joints

 The location of control joints should be specified in the Drawings. The width
of Control Joints should be minimum 3/8” wide, but no more than ½” wide.
Control Joints shall be provided at a spacing of 3 times the wall height or
maximum of 24’ on center unless otherwise according to The Drawings.

 Leave Joint Open and clean for caluking in accordance with section 07 92
00.

 The inner surface of all face block shall be fully parged. Bed and head joints
shall have mitre profiles, which shall be accomplished with a tool suitable for
the purpose, joints in masonry below grade and in pipe tunnels above ceilings,
behind cabinets, shelving and others, shall be struck smooth, and pointed

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

with waterproof mastic below grade or equal water proofing agent, as


approved by the Project Manager.

 The inner surface of all face block shall be fully parged. Bed and head joints
shall have mitre profiles, which shall be accomplished with a tool suitable for
the purpose, joints in masonry below grade and in pipe tunnels above ceilings,
behind cabinets, shelving and others, shall be struck smooth, and pointed
with waterproof mastic below grade or equal water proofing agent, as
approved by the Project Manager.

5.3.4. Grout Filling

- Prior to grouting operations, thoroughly wet all cells and grout contact
surfaces.

- Provide a clean-out opening at the base of the Autoclvaed Aerated


Concrete wall at each vertical reinforcing bar locations.

- Fill all cores with 20MPa concrete, using maximum 10mm coarse
aggregates. Filling of all cores to take place after laying block courses up to
a maximum height of 1200mm. Cores to be filled at 1200mm intervals
(vertically) leaving a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 3 hours between
pours. Concrete grout filling shall be compacted by rodding down vertical
cores.

- Locate horizontal and vertical reinforcement as shown on engineer’s details,


including all starter bars and bars where internal and external walls abutt.
Where no reinforcing details are shown on plans, use 12mm at 600
centres both vertical and horizontal. All splices to be 60 times bar diameter.

- Do not use high lift pour. Maximum 1200mm high lift for all grouting.

5.3.5. Flexible Flashing

- Clean Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit surfaces smooth, maintain free


from projections capable of puncturing flashing material.

- Follow requirements indicated in Flexible Flashing Section.

5.3.6. Building in other work

 Install work of other sections required to be incorporated with Autoclavede


Aerated Concrete units as work progress, including anchors and
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

accessories. Space and align built-in parts, exercise care not to disturb
other materials from position.

 Coordinate with Sequencing and Scheduling Article for required routing


and chases.

 Fill in interior spaces around built-in items with fine grout or interior plaster.

 Fill in exterior spaces around built-in items with fine grout.

 Windows can be installed directly to Autoclaved Aerated Concrete


depending on the finish of exterior or buck strips for fastening windows fin.
An adhesive substrate should be used when installing buck strips.

 Doors can be installed directly to Autoclaved Aerated Concrete. The


adjustable steel fixing lugs supplied with metal window and doors’ frames
shall be anchored into suitable courses in the walls.
Jambs in new concrete masonry openings shall be plumbed true and any
apertures between door/window frames and concrete masonry shall be
mortared and neatly pointed. Wherever practicable, these items are to be
built-in during wall construction. Paint prime all frames and sills before
building in.

 For Interior Wall and Partitions, where finished surface shows exposed or
painted masonry, careful workmanship and finishing shall be required.
Discoloured or broken units, smeared or damaged surfaces, and joints of
uneven thickness shall be the cause for rejection of work or of portion
thereby.

 The necessary cutting and fitting of all concrete masonry units around
switch boxes, piping, fixtures, conduit and others shall be carefully
coordinated between trades and neatly finished by mason, closing
intervening gaps or apertures with mortar and/or finish coloured mastic or
tuck-pointed.

5.3.7. Cleaning and Patching

 Surface Patching mortar used to patch chips, breaks and other


imperfections on the wall surface.

 Before application, clean the surface using a brush, then apply using a joint

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

knife. After application, sanding rasp used to smooth the wall surface.

 Keep Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Unit work free of mortar droppings as


work progresses and at completion of work, rub Autoclaved Aerated
Concrete unit to remove excess mortar.

 Patch Autoclaved Aerated Concrete units with excessive spalls or chips

5.3.8. Sills

Neatly top all blockwork where exposed beyond rear of timber sills to block walls.

Similarly top off exposed blockwork walling as directed and neatly finish to
straight line by grinding.

5.3.9. Auxiliary Ancilary Items

5.3.9.1. Caulking

Exposed joints at the perimeters of door and window frames shall be


filled solidly with a plastic, non-staining compound.
This shall be forced into place with a pressure gun in a neat
workmanlike manner. All joints and spaces to be caulked shall be
thoroughly clean and dry before the compound is installed.

5.3.9.2. Anchor Ties

Anchor ties shall be welded to structural steel members or embedded


in concrete masonry at a maximum of 450mm centers.

5.3.9.3. Chases

Chases in block work for conduits and others shall be accurately cut
as required, in positions and dimensions as directed by the Project
Manager.

5.3.9.4. Reinforced Concrete Stiffening Members

Reinforced concrete stiffening members to masonry walls and


reinforced concrete lintels shall be in accordance with Specification
03300.
Stiffening members shall be placed at every 9m² of wall areas, corners
or as shown in the Drawings.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 10 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3.9.5. Reinforced Masonry Walls and Bond Beams

- Only qualified masons shall be employed to undertake


construction of reinforced masonry works.

- Carry up external concrete masonry walls as shown in the


Drawings. Poor block laying will not be accepted. Block
dimensions are 400mm x 200mm x 100mm nominal, laid in
stretcher bond, to accurate storey heights. Similarly, construct
internal masonry walls using 400mm x 200mm x 100 mm
nominal. Refer bonding details between external and internal
walls.

- Remove dirt and mortar stains from walls with stiff rushes and
water and where necessary a carborundum stone. Hydrochloric
acid shall not be used. Make good damage by other trades. Use
paint scraper to remove mortar droppings. Rub down uneven
patches.

- Protect all facing blocks from damage and staining. Blocks shall
not be saturated before being used nor shall they be laid in wet
weather. All joints 10mm and slightly rounded. Tolerance +/-
1mm.

- Smooth off top course in preparation to supporting outer edge of


concrete floor and bond beams.

· Carry up blockwork from footings, as an alternative to


concrete walling.
· Carry blockwork up from floor slab level projecting out
20mm as shown in the Drawings.

5.3.9.6. Items to be Cast In

All anchors, bolts, conduits and the like to be secured before grouting
commences. Neatly cut holes for all electrical light switches and
power outlets, where shown.

5.3.10. Plastering

Plastering of concrete masonry shall be carried out in accordance with the


requirements of Specification 04060
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 11 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3.11. Protection and Cleaning

 Architectural fixtures and finished surfaces shall be protected against


damage during the progress of the works. Sills, jamb and heads shall be
protected by casings as soon as buil
 Newly laid block work shall be protected from the harmful effects of rapid
drying, excessive moisture, running or surface water and detrimental impact.
 After completion, all exposed masonry, both inside and outside the building,
shall be thoroughly cleaned down with a weak solution of rain water and
nutriatric acid. Care shall be taken to allow none of the acid to come in
contact with materials other than the block.
 The Contractor will be held responsible for other materials affected by acid,
and shall make good any damage to the same at no additional cost to the
Owner.

5.3.12. Inspection and Testing

All works shall be free of access for inspection and testing. The Contractor shall
provide assistance to the Project Manager at all times necessary to get samples
on completed finishes. Any portion found out unsatisfactory shall be repaired
and worked out in same manner of what was previously done without any
addi¬tional expense to the Owner.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 22 26
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
REVISION :A PAGE : 12 of 12
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

04 40 20

LANDSCAPE STONE

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall include the supply of labour, materials, tools and installation of Andesit/Landscape
Stone for Wall,Floor, and place as shown in the Drawings and specified herein.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI:

 SNI 03-0394-1989 - Batu Alam untuk bahan bangunan, Mutu dan Cara Uji

2. Related Specifications:

 Finishes:

· 09 31 33 - Thin Set Stone Tiling

 Moisture and Thermal Protection:

 07 16 13 - Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

The Contractor shall submit samples, technical data and Samples of Stone, for approval
prior to delivery. Samples of Stone shall submitt 3pieces for each size/dimension.
Technical Data shall contain descriptions, characteristics and installation installation
instructions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Shop Drawings

Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to the Project Manager prior to installation. The
Shop Drawings shall be in close conformity with the shape, size, dimensions and class of
concrete required in this Specification.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All materials shall delivered to the project site in unopened original containers
of manufacture, bundles or packages with seals, fully identified with name,
brand, type and Grade and stored in a clean dry place and protected from
damage or rain, dampness, freezing, or overheating in accordance with
manufacturer’s instruction.

3.3.2. Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether
built in or not.
3.3.3. Extra materials shall consist of not less than two standard packages for each
colour, type and size of field tile used in this work, and one standard package for
each colour and type of base tile.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Andesit/Lavastone

Andesite stone are an Intermediate extrusive Lavastone, which is composed of fine-


grained minerals, and has following:

- Silica content 50-60%, Aluminum 20%, Iron 8%, Calcium 7%, Magnesium 2%, Sodium
1.5%, Potassium 2%, Titanium 0.5%, Manganese 0.2%, Phosphorus 0.3 % and Water
0.5%.
- Porphyritic / Hard textured
- Andesit 2cm for load weight <2ton
- Andesit 3cm for load weight ≤5ton
- Andesit 5cm for load weight ≤12ton
- Andesit >10cm for load weight >22ton

Such as from Cirebon, Majalengka, Tulung Agung or equal, approved by the Project
Manager, such as from Gunung Marmer Raya (GMR), PT Citatah TBK, or MM Gallery
atau setara yang disetujui oleh Manajer Proyek.
Andesite stones for walls and floors in areas as shown in the drawings shall be 20mm
and 30mm thick for walls and floors in the area as shown in the Working Drawings, with
size and color as shown in the Drawings.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2. Sand

Sand for bedding and filler between concrete block pavements shall be hard, clean, and
free from clay and mud and shall be well graded and approved by the Project Manager.
Gradation of aggregate shall be as follows:

Sieve Weigth Percentage passing Sieve

Sand Bed Sand Filler

9,52mm 100 -
4,75mm 95 – 100 -
2,36mm 80 – 100 100
1,18mm 50 – 85 90 – 100
0,600mm 25 – 60 60 – 90
0,300mm 10 – 30 30 – 60
0,150mm 5 – 15 15 – 30
0,075mm 0 – 10 5 – 10
Water Content  10 5
(%)

Clay Content 3  10
(%)

4.3. Thin Set for Andesit

Cement mortar/Thin Set for Andesit which shall be mixed as required by manufacturer,
shall be in accordance with the requirements of Specification 09 31 33.

4.4. Waterproofing for Andesit

Waterproofing admixture for cement mortar shall be from an approved product as


specified in Specification 07 16 13.

4.5. Mortar Water Repellent

Water repellent for mildew shall be made of silicon in a solvent which keep dry the surface
of stone, clean, no change color, no sticky, such as StoneKote SFC 633 TH from Propan
Raya.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preparation

5.1.1.The Andesit Stone shall be installed after other works, bellow and behind have
been completely.

5.1.2. Before installation, Andesite stones must be arranged to obtain uniform color
gradations.

5.1.3 The area that receive Andesite stones must flat, solid and clean surface,
according to the elevation and / or slope.

5.2. Setting Andesit in Wet System

5.2.1. Surfaces to receive applications of Stone shall be clean and free of dirt, dust, oil,
grease and other deleterious matter.
5.2.2. Before setting stone, the base that will receive shall be coated with
waterproofing to prevent water penetration into the Andesit. Let the
waterproofing properly fixed.
Waterproofing shall be as specified in Specification 07130.

5.2.3. Andesit base shall be solidly backed with mortar as required. Each tile shall be
brought to true, even and level plane using a beating block. A test of plane
distortion shall be made with a trade approved level.
Positive compression of each Andesit is required to establish proper bond.
Andesit that is out of true plane or misplaced shall be removed and reset.

5.2.4. Andesit shall be laid from the centerlines of borders, if any, so as to make the
patterns symmetric, with no cuts less than one-half of the Andesit width.

5.2.5. Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular and of even width as specified in
the Drawings

5.2.6. Andesit shall be cut in same way as ceramic tile.


Damaged, defective or badly cut Andesit shall be replaced by the Contractor
at his expense.

5.2.7. Andesit shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full with a plastic mix
of neat suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a respective area of
Andesit has been set. The excess cement grout shall be cut off and wiped from
the face of the tile.

5.2.8. After completion of work, all Andesit surfaces shall be carefully cleaned to
remove dirt, stains, or other defacements.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Under no circumstances shall wire brushed, harsh abrasive cleansers or acid


be used to clean Andesit.

5.2.9. Apply stain protective coat to all ready-cleaned Andesit surfaces in a manner
as recommended by the coat manufacturer.

5.3. Setting Andesit in Dry System

5.3.1. Pattern layout and installation of Andesit, including sizes, shall be as indicated
in the Drawings, except otherwise as directed by the Engineer.

5.3.2. Top and bottom edge of Andesit shall be provided with notches for placing
angle anchors.

5.3.3. Prior to installation, all Andesit surfaces shall be coated with sealer in
thickness according to the standard of the manufacturer. Let the sealer dries.

5.3.4. Wall surfaces to receive Andesit shall be provided with holes for placing
anchors or support of steel angle shape to the wall by using fasteners such as
Dynabolt or approved equal.
The free side of steel angle shall have hole in oval shape for adjusting the
position of the Andesit.

5.3.5. Steel single anchor for Andesit installation shall have shape that one side of it
has branches to be inserted into the upper and bottom part of the Andesit and
granite, while the other free side of it has oval shape hole at different direction
from the hole of steel angle on the wall.

5.3.6. Steel angle anchors with oval hole shall be bolted together by using galvanized
bolt in suitable diameter and length.
Adjust the position of Andesit until level, align and plumb, then tighten the bolt

5.3.7. Seal/gap between steel angle and Andesit shall be filled with resin material as
recommended by the Andesit manufacturer in order to strengthen the position
of steel angle anchor on the Andesit and to prevent dirt entering the gaps.

5.4. Groove

Groove/gap between andesite stones must be filled with cement filler / grout and
approved by the Project Manager. Casting is done in such a way that it fills up the
broadcast line. After the cement filler is sufficiently hardened, the former casting is
immediately cleaned with an approved cleaning tool. Grouting for Andesit joints
according to instruction of manufacturer’s.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.5. Cleaning and Protection

5.5.1. After completion of work, all Andesit surfaces shall be carefully cleaned to
remove dirt, stains, or other defacements.
Under no circumstances shall wire brushed, harsh abrasive cleansers or acid
used to clean Andesit.

5.5.2. Apply sealer/stain protective coat to all ready-cleaned Andesit and granite
surfaces in a manner according to the sealer manufacturer’s printed
instruction.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : MASONRY


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 04 40 20
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Landscape Stone
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
DIVISI0N 5
METAL
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

05 12 00

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include the furnishing, fabrication, inspection and installation of structural
steel in field, as indicated in the Drawings and as described in this Specification or as
directed by the Project Manager.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-1729-2015 - Tata Cara Perencanaan Bangunan Baja untuk Gedung.

2.2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)

2.3. American Welding Society (AWS):

- D1.1 - Structural Welding Code- Steel (latest edition).

2.4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron


and Steel Products.
- ASTM A36/A36M - Specification for Structural Steel.
- ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard
Fasteners.
- ASTM A325/A325M - Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.

2.5. Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS):

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- JIS G 3101 - Rolled Steel for General Structure (SS 400).

2.6. Related Specifications:

- Metals:

- 05 50 00 - Miscellaneous Metals.

- Paints:

- 09 97 13 - Steel Coatings

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1 Mill Certificates and Other Information

3.1.1 Mill certificates covering the dimension, microstructure and chemical,


physical, charpy V-notch properties, the heat treatment data (as
applicable) and dimension of all steel to be used shall be submitted to the
Project Manager for approval prior to fabrication.

3.1.2 Prior to ordering of material, all the order lists shall be properly prepared by
the Contractor and submitted to the Project Manager for approval.

3.1.3 Prior to starting shop work, the Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager
with the following information:

- Fabricator's facilities.
- Materials intended for use and material manufacturers and suppliers.
- Mill certificate and test report.
- Shop Drawings procedures and schedule.
- Measuring tapes intended for use.
- Quality control methods and procedures.
- Product procedures and schedule such as marking, cutting, bending,
drilling, milling and treating of frictional surface for bolt connection,
etc.
- Shop assembly facilities and procedure.
- Proposed manufacturer welding details for:
· flux, gas, welding rod and wire together with manufacturer’s
recommendations for storage.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

· Temporary welding, welding sequence and procedure, preheating,


welding equipment and accessories, arcair gausing/chipping.
- Method of embedding anchor bolts and setting base plates.
- Installation procedures and allowable tolerance of anchor bolt
location.
- Inspection including full-size drawing inspection, marking drawing
inspection, assembly inspection, welding inspection, material
inspection, product inspection.
- A copy of the Contractors inspection record form shall be submitted.
The proposed inspection record form shall be attached.
- Proposed method of correction of faulty work.
- Method of paint application.
- Storage at plant yard and at site.
- Transporting facilities and route from shop to site.
- Qualifications of welders and other specialists.

3.2 Shop Drawings.

3.2.1 Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to the Project Manager for
approval prior to fabrication.

The following items shall be included in the Shop Drawings as applicable:

- Material specification.
- Piece mark numbers/installation drawings.
- List of material parts.
- Fabrication details.
- Welding details.
- Painting requirements.
- Shop splices, details and locations.

3.2.2 The approval of Shop Drawings by the Project Manager does not relieve
the Contractor of his responsibility for errors and omissions.

3.2.3 No alterations shall be made in the finally accepted Shop Drawings by the
Contractor without written consent of the Project Manager.

3.2.4 Changes initiated by Contractor for his convenience shall be subject to


the Project Manager's approval and made at Contractor's expense.

3.3 Inspection and Testing

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3.1 Materials, connections and workmanship generally shall be subject to tests


or inspection in the mill, shop and field.

3.3.2 Tests and inspections shall be conducted by a qualified person or testing


laboratory retained by the Contractor and approved by the Project
Manager.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials for testing and any access to, or
handling of required materials to perform material tests.
Proposed testing procedure submitted by the Contractor shall be
approved by the Project Manager.

3.3.3 Inspect shop assemblies and welding for conformance with the specified
requirements.

3.3.4 Clean, grind and prepare all areas as required for ultrasonic and
radiographic tests.

3.3.5 The Project Manager shall have the right to carry out and/or order the
carrying out of test and inspections at any time.
The Project Manager shall have the right, at all reasonable times, to enter
the Contractor's fabrication plant for the purpose of testing and inspecting
the work. All labour and tools required for testing and inspecting in the
fabricator shop shall be provided by the Contractor.

3.3.6 The Project Manager reserves the right to reject materials and/or
workmanship not conforming to the design drawings at any time before
final acceptance. The Project Manager's acceptance of material of
workmanship shall not prevent its subsequent rejection if defects are
discovered later. The Contractor shall remove installed materials which are
rejected by the Project Manager and replace them at no additional cost to
the Employer.

3.3.7 All welders shall have valid current licenses. If required by the Project
Manager, the Contractor shall perform tests of welder's skill.
Tests, when required, shall be conducted at no additional expense to the
Owner.

3.4 Steel Measuring Tape

The Contractor shall provide the number of precise tapes required for the carrying
out of the work (minimum of 3 tapes).
At all times, the ambient temperature shall be recorded and thermal adjustments
made to all measurements. Measuring tape used in the fabricator shop of the steel
work shall be compatible with those used for site erection of the steel work.
The Contractor shall arrange such test as necessary to allow the Project Manager
to approve the tolerance between the tapes used on either location as negligible. All
measurements shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

3.5 Handling and Storage

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.5.1. All steel materials shall be delivered complete with original mill certificates.

3.5.2. All steel materials shall be handled with extreme care, in such a manner so
as not to cause excessive scratches or dents, as determined by the
Project Manager.

3.5.3. Material shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such manner and
location as will minimize rusting and corrosion.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. General Requirements

4.1.1. All material values shall be in accordance with and as stated in this
Specification, unless otherwise noted.

4.1.2. Chemical composition, mechanical properties, dimensions and other qualities


of materials are specified in each standard. These material qualities shall be
confirmed by a testing prior to shop works whether it is equivalent with the
manufacture certificates.

4.2. Structural Steel

4.2.1. All steel material shall be new and be free from defects impairing strength,
durability or appearance and shall be of the best commercial quality, and shall
comply with the relative standard.

4.2.2. Structural steel shall be standardized products as listed below or their


equivalents approved by the Project Manager:

- Steel grade having yield strength of 245Mpa complying with SNI 03-
1729-2015 or ASTM A36/A36M.
- Steel grade SS 400 having yield strength of 245Mpa complying with
JIS G 3101.
- The steel to be used shall not have any structural defects and not be
obtrusively corroded. The shape and dimensions including dimensional
tolerance of steel profile and other related items shall be according to the
relative SNI, JIS and ASTM, or equivalent.

- Bolts, nuts, washers, anchor bolt and plates shall be as follows:


PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

 Ordinary bolts, nuts and washers for Commont Joint shall meet the
requirements of ASTM A307 or 4.7 electroplated.
 High strength bolt, nuts and washers for Structural Joint shall meet
the requirements ASTM A325/A325M or grade 8.8.
 Base Plate, Anchor bolts shall meet the requirements of SNI 03-
1729-2015, JIS G 3101 (SS 400) or ASTM A36/A36M.
 Nuts, washers and screw threads shall be according to standards of
ordinary bolt listed above.
· Nuts, washers and screw threads shall be according to standards of
ordinary bolt listed above.

- For standardized items the certificates proving the conformity of the


products to the approved standards may be submitted in lieu of tests.
However the Project Manager may, when necessary, request the
Contractor to carry out mechanical tests of the materials at the
Contractor's expense.

4.3. Welding Materials

4.3.1. Electrodes to be used for welding shall be standard products conforming


to AWS D1.1 of latest edition or equal. The appropriate electrodes shall be
selected best fitting the type of steel to be welded, such as E70XX electrodes.

4.3.2. Welding materials other than those stipulated above shall be selected
according to the method of welding to be employed.

4.3.3. When base metals of two different yield stresses are welded together, filler
metal shall be selected based on the base metal that has the higher yield
stress.

4.4. Steel Coatings

Primer and finish coats for all structural steel shall comply with the requirements of
Specification 09 97 13.

4.5. Grout

Grout for filling anchor's holes, base-plate's pad, posts and structural steel column, and
others as indicated in the Drawings shall be made of cement material,such as Holcim,
Tiga Roda, Semen Gresik or approval equal.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.6. Galvanizing

4.6.1. Method of hot-dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A 123 and the thickness
of zinc coating shall be in the range between 19 to 21microns.

4.6.2. Hot-dip galvanizing is to be applied only for structural steel work (including
bolts, nuts, washers, base plates and anchor bolts) in washing area as shown
in the Drawings.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Fabrication

5.1.1. General

- The Contractor shall give the Project Manager one (1) week's notice
before commencing any major fabrication segment, such as enclosing the
sides of any major structure.
- Steel items shall be of the sizes, shapes and construction as indicated or
specified.
- Prior to the fabrication, all the necessary measurements shall be verified
and checked in accordance with the quality control procedures of the
AISC requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the items shall be
fabricated in accordance with an efficient shop method.
- The Contractor shall be responsible for correction of all errors and
omissions in detailing, layout and fabrication at his own cost.

5.1.2. Location of Fabrication

Structural steel shall be fabricated and assembled in the Contractor's or Sub-


Contractor’s shop or yard or in location as approved by the Project Manager.
Basically welding at the field shall not be permitted.

5.1.3. Welding.

a. Welder.

- The qualification of welder shall, in principle, conform to the respective


stipulations of AWS D1.1-98 or the latest edition according to a type of
welding to be carried out.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

The welder shall have more than recent one year of continuous
experience in structural welding and shall receive the approval of the
Project Manager.
- If the Project Manager has any doubts of the welder qualification
although an approval has been given, the Project Manager may direct
to carry out examination tests in accordance with relevant AWS or
other equivalent standards or may cancel the approval.

b. Preparation of Materials.

- Edge Preparation.

· Groove angle shall be in accordance with the design and Shop


Drawings. However it may be modified according to a type of
welding to be carried out with the approval of the Project Manager.
· Grooves shall be made to the shape as stipulated above by
automatic gas cutting or other mechanical methods. Manual gas
cutting may be allowed under inevitable situations with the
approval of the Project Manager.

- Welding Material.

· Electrodes shall be carefully handled and due precaution shall be


taken so as not to use electrodes which have their covering
materials peeled, contaminated, deteriorated and exposed to
moisture.
· Welding materials shall be stored dry, and shall be sufficiently
dried before their use in case they have been exposed to moisture.

c. Assembly of Elements

- Accurate assembly of elements shall be achieved by using proper jigs.


- Where fillet welding shall be carried out the element shall be closely
adhered to the base metal as possible.
- Temporary welding shall be held at a minimum and shall avoid areas
where it is structurally or erection wise impeding. Where it becomes
part of the permanent welding the welding shall be without faults.

d. Welding Equipment and Ancillary Equipment

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Welding equipment shall be of a type best meeting the requirements


for a material and dimension of joints to be welded and be able to
achieve an even welding.

- Ancillary equipment shall have the required performance


characteristics and shall be well maintained.

e. Cleaning of Base Metal.

Welding surface of the base metal shall be sufficiently cleaned of slags,


moisture, dirt, corrosion, oils, paints or other contaminants before welding.

f. Welding Works.

- Welding shall be done at proper speed, correct current and voltage


according to a type and position of welding.
- Shop welding shall, whenever possible, be done facing downwards
using a rotating jig positioner.
- Steel elements shall be pre-heated as required according to plate
thickness and type of materials.
- Fabrication of built-up beams and girders shall be submerged arc
welding where possible.
- Welding:
· Method and sequence of welding shall be planned so as not to
cause any strain or to leave residual stress.
· Before or during the permanent welding, temporary welding shall
be removed, if the temporary welding has any damage.
- Finished state:
· The surface of welding shall have a uniform wave pattern, and size
and length of welding shall not be less than dimensions shown in
the Drawings. The size of welding may be larger than specified but
shall not be overly large or be irregular in pattern.
· The welded part shall not have cracks, incomplete, fusion, lack of
penetration, slag inclusion, pits, blowholes, and undercutting,
overlapping unevenness of legs or other faults.
- Fillet welding:
· In case of equal leg fillet welding, it shall not be overt difference
between the two legs.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

· A depth of reinforcement of weld shall be less than 0.1S+1mm (S:


the specified fillet size).
- Arc:
· Special care shall be taken to prevent lack of penetration and slag
inclusion at the starting point of arc. An arc shall be moved along
the base metal or the element to be welded whether it is the
beginning of a weld or a continuation of a bead.
· Care shall be taken so as not to cause cracks in the bead of the
arc end. Slag and spatters shall be removed from the welded
surfaces and around surface of the welding.

g. Weather Conditions

Welding shall not be done when a welding surface is wet due to rain or
other reasons or when strong winds are blowing. However if the position of
weld and the welder is adequately protected and proper curing of the base
metal is carried out, welding may be carried out after confirmation of no
remained moisture on the surface, and with the Project Manager's
approval.

h. Correction of Materials

Warping caused in the materials shall be corrected by mechanical means


or by heating in such a way as not to cause any pernicious affect to the
materials.

i. Inspection of Welding

- During and after welding proper in-shop inspection shall be performed.


Defective portions shall be corrected repeatedly to the satisfaction of
Project Manager. The charge shall be counted as Contractor’s cost.
- The minimum welding inspection to be performed by Contractor
and/or fabricator shall be by visual examination and liquid penetration
test.
All welds shall present a uniform appearance and excessive undercut
shall be held at a minimum.
- After welding and after the above in-shop inspection, welds shall be
inspected by the Project Manager. However the above may be
abbreviated with the Project Manager's approval by submission of the
result of the in-shop inspection.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 10 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.1.4. Bolt Connections

a. Holes Diameter.

All holes for bolted connections shall be of a diameter 2mm larger than
bolts used, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Holes Fabrication.

All holes shall be drilled at right angles to the surface of the metal and
shall not be enlarged by burning. Enlarging of holes shall be by reaming
only with the approval of the Project Manager. Holes shall be clean-cut
without torn or roughed edges.
Outside burs resulting from drilling or reaming operations shall be removed
with a tool making a 1,5875mm bevel. All holes shall be drilled and reamed
as necessary prior to application of protective coating.

c. Holes Reinforcement.

Where holes are provided for the connection of equipment or for cable
and piping access, and affect any major structural members, said
members shall be reinforced adequately as designated by the Project
Manager.

5.1.5. Cutting, Shearing and Clipping.

Shearing, flame cutting and clipping shall be done carefully and accurately by
a mechanically guided tool. All edges shall be left free of slag. Any bevelled
edge that has been damaged shall be restored to the minimum tolerances.

5.1.6. Fabrication Tolerances.

The location of each member is essential to the design of the structure. Each
member shall be accurately located as shown in the Drawings, within the
fabrication tolerances given in AISC.

5.1.7. Product Inspection.

- In-shop inspection report of finished products shall be submitted to the


Project Manager for approval.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 11 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- After the in-shop inspection, the products shall be inspected by the


Project Manager. The product shall be laid in a way not to hinder
inspection and instruments necessary for inspection.
- Faulty portions shall be promptly rectified.

5.1.8. Protective Coating.

After fabrication and inspection structural steel shall receive two full shop
coats of anti-corrosive paint per the relative stipulation.
Surfaces to be embedded or to come with concrete shall not be painted.
Surface preparation and shop coats shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Specification 09 97 13.

5.1.9. Galvanizing.

- Provide as indicated or specified. Galvanize after fabrication where


practicable.
- Method of galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A 123 specification for Zinc
(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Product, and the
thickness of zinc coating shall be in the range between 19 to 21microns.
- Use galvanizing repair paint for galvanizing damaged part caused by
handling, transporting, cutting, welding or bolting. Do not heat surfaces
where repair paint has been applied on.
5.2. Installation

5.2.1 Procedures and Sequence.

- Prior to scheduled erection of the structure, the Contractor shall submit to


the Project Manager an installation procedure and sequence with
supporting calculations to verify that sufficient engineering has been done
to ensure a successful erection, for approval.

- Prior to starting field erection, the Contractor shall furnish the Project
Manager with the following information:
· Roof structure erection.
 Plant of erection equipment and scaffolding.
 Details of crane foundation, erection and removal.
 Temporary staying and bracing.
 Required erection accessories.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 12 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

 Shipping and delivery (including schedule).


 Temporary storage yard and handling methods.
 Temporary electric supply.
 Erection sequence, procedures and methods.
 Erection tolerances and methods for maintaining.
 Equipment and procedures for tightening erection bolts.
· Setting anchor bolts and base plates.
· Painting.
· Field inspection.
· Safety measures proposed.
 Installation and erection equipment shall be provided in sufficient
quantity, quality and capacity to perform the operation without
failure or shutdown.
 The schedule shall provide for an expeditious completion of
erection and installation. Erection procedures shall delineate
actions to be taken in the event of rough weather at any point of
the operation.

5.2.2 Pick-Up.

- Contractor shall be responsible for the structural adequacy of any


structure or portion of structure which is lifted or moved. Contractor shall
perform the structural analysis necessary to ensure that installation will be
made without damage to the structure.
- Contractor may submit pickup method for erection work for Project
Manager's approval. Any additional materials and fabrication cost
required to withstand the load introduced by the alternate pickup method
shall be furnished by Contractor at no additional cost to the Project
Manager.

5.2.3 Environmental Conditions.

Do not erect structure during heavy or gusty wind conditions.

5.2.4 Installation Tolerances.

- The Contractor shall install the structure on the designated erection site.
Contractor shall verify condition of existing site prior to commencing
installation procedures and shall report to the Project Manager any

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 13 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

conditions which would preclude installation of structure to the AISC


tolerances.
- All structures shall be erected within tolerances set forth in the AISC
specifications unless otherwise stated. Any erected member of structure
shall be self supporting to any external forces likely to be exerted while
erection is in progress.
- Any temporary bracing added to the structure for self-support and
alignment shall be designed to withstand all conditions of loading, at his
cost, during any phase of the work.

5.2.5 Bolt Tightening.

- Prior to the erection, all bolts, connections, alignments, grades, materials


and facilities shall be thoroughly worked out.
- Bolt tightening shall be done by calibrated torque wrench in order to
determine the necessary bolt tension.
- Bolt holes shall be aligned so that bolts can be placed without damaging
threads. Bolt heads and nuts shall rest squarely against the metal.
Unfinished bolts transmitting shear shall be threaded to such a length that
no more than one thread will be within the grip of the structural members.
The bolts shall be of length that will extend entirely through but no more
than 6.35mm beyond the nuts. Bolts heads and nuts shall be drawn tight
against the work surface with a suitable wrench not less than 381mm.
Bolt heads shall not be tapped with a hammer while the nut is being
tightened. After having been finally tightened, the nuts shall be brushed
and painted.

5.2.6 Grouting.

- Grouting shall be carried out in accordance with the Project Manager


instruction, grouting might be poured or pumped into the mould, gentle
vibration will aid flow.
- Use of straps or chains will aid flow where distances of over 100cm are
involved (sawing action of the strap or chain promotes sympathetic flow of
the grout-the technique shall be used with discretion to avoid the creation of
voids).
- Flow of grout shall be maintained until the grout has completely filled the void
and has risen for the full length of the form on the opposite side. Grouting
shall take place from one side only.

5.2.7 In-Site Coatings.


PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 14 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Where paints damaged during transportation, the Project Manager may


instruct the Contractor that the structural steel shall be given 2 full coats
of anti-corrosive paint in the Site. One coat immediately after off-loading
and one coat prior to erection. The paint to be used shall be of the same
make and type of the same manufacturer of the shop coat.
The coating work shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements
of Specification 09 97 13. Portion to be embedded in concrete shall not be
painted.
- Damage to the paint surface erection shall be mended immediately after
completion of erection. In-site shall be painted as in above.
- Surface preparation and finish paint of structural steel shall be as specified
in Specification 09 97 13.

5.2.8 Galvanizing.

Use galvanizing repair paint for hot-dip galvanizing damaged part caused by
handling, transporting, cutting, welding or bolting. Do not heat surfaces
where repair paint has been applied on.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 12 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Structural Framing
REVISION :A PAGE : 15 of 15
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

05 44 00

LIGHT STEEL FRAME

1.0. DESCRIPTION

This work includes transportation, procurement of labor, materials, work equipment and
installation of materials for light steel truss systems and accessories for installation, roofing
and others as shown in the Drawings.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia ( SNI ):

- SNI 8399-2017 – Profil Rangka Baja Ringan


- SNI 7971-2017 – Struktur Baja Canai Dingin
- SNI 1729-1989 – Perencanaan Pembebanan untuk Rumah dan Gedung
- SNI 03-1726-2002 – Ketahanan Gempauntuk Struktur Rumah dan Gedung

2.2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Culd-Formed Steel Structural Framing


Members

2.3. Australian Standard (AS):

- AS/NZS 4600-2018 – Cold Formed Steel Structures


- AS/NZ 1170-2002 – Structural Design Actions

2.4. Local Regulation:

- PPPURG-1987 – Pedoman Perencanaan Pembebanan untuk RUmah dan Gedung


- PPIUG-1983 – Peraturan Pembebanan Indonesia untuk

2.5. Manufacturer Standard

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

2.6. Related Section:

- Concrete:
 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing
 03 30 00 – Cast in Place
 03 60 00 – Grouting

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Design

3.1.1. Design of roof frame must be supported by accurate calculation structure


analysis and meets Structure Engineering Standard according to design limit of
Cold Formed Steel Structure Design.

3.1.2. The design standards refer to the Australian Limit-Stare Code (AS / NZ 4600-
2018 and AS / NZ 1170-2007).

3.1.3. The load calculation refers to local regulations.

3.1.4. The contractor is obliged to submit a mill certificate (factory certificate) of the
steel material to be used to guarantee the material conforms to the specified
specifications.

3.2. Pre-Construction Requirements

Material / detail changes due to certain reasons must be submitted to Supervising


Consultant and Planning Consultant for approval in writing, and the Contractor is
obliged to give approval on the dimensions, specifications and structural design to
ensure conformity between design and field.

3.3. Construction Requirements

3.3.1. Installation and erection are carried out by trained and experienced installers /
installers who obtained an installer certificate from Manufacturer.

3.3.2. The joints between roof truss elements used for fabrication and installation must
comply with specification.

3.3.3. Mild steel material cutting work must use appropriate equipment, in a condition
that is not damaged, and has been determined by the factory.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3.4. The cutting of material must follow the Drawing and the cut part must be
completely flat, straight and clean.

3.4. Post-Construction Requirements

The contractor shall submit a manufacturer's warranty certificate of the lightweight steel
frame system that has been used through supervision or installation checking based on
the Drawings, detailed, accurate and meets Structure Engineering Standard according
to design limit of Cold Formed Steel Structure Design.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.5. Samples, Technical Data, and Certificate

3.5.1. Samples of metal materials, Certificates including mechanical properties,


technical data / brochures of the materials concerned, must be submitted to the
Project Manager for approval prior to material procurement to the project site.

3.5.2. Contractors shall submit the latest mill certificate, SNI certificate of the steel
material to be used, ISO 9001 (Quality Management System) and ISO 14001
(Environment Management System) certificates as well as Green certificates
from the Green Builidng Council Indonesia (GBCI) from the manufacturer. the
steel material pembuta as well as product data documents.

The contractor must submit the following data:

 Product data for each type of mild steel frame and accessories.
 Calculation Report/structural analysis data signed by a selected
professional engineer responsible for preparing it.
 Factory certificate signed by a mild steel frame manufacturer certifying that
their product meets the requirements, including uncoated steel thickness,
yield stress, tensile stress, total elongation and metal coating thickness.
As a replacement of a factory certificate, submit a test report from the
registered testing agency proving compliance with the requirements.
 A welder's certificate signed by the Contractor certifying that the welder
meets the requirements set out in the Quality Assurance item.

3.6. Quality and Warranty

3.6.1. Contractors must hire fabricators and installers who are experienced with materials,
similar lightweight steel frame designs, and with a track record of successful project
experience.

3.6.2. Welding standards must meet the latest edition of AWS D1.1 requirement.

3.7. Detail Drawings

3.7.1. The contractor is obliged to carry out product presentation in accordance with
Technical Specification document. The products presented in accordance with
the support letter and brochure attached to the tender document. Product
presentation shall be carried out in a field technical coordination meeting prior to
the implementation of the light steel roof truss installation.

The following list should be included in the Implementation Detail Drawing:

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

 Technical specifications of materials.


 Dimensions of the material.
 Fabrication details.
 Details of joining and welding.
 Installation details.
 Data amount of each ingredient.

3.7.2. Contractor and Site Manager/Supervisor, must conduct beam checking, which is
then submitted to obtain approval from the PPTK / Activity Technical Officer
before the light steel roof frame installation are carried out.

3.7.3. The contractor is obliged to examine the correctness and responsible for all
measures listed in the Drawing.

3.7.4. Any part that does not meet the requirements caused by inaccuracy of
Contractor will be rejected and must be replaced by the same obligations, also
applies to mismatches of errors or other deficiencies due to carelessness of
contractor in coordinating with Drawings by Architects, Structures, Mechanical
and Electrical.

3.7.5. Material / detail changes due to any reason must be submitted to Supervising
Consultant, Planner and PPTK (Activity Technical Officer) for approval. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all error detailing, fabrication and fixing of all
light steel construction components.

3.8. Delivery and Storing

3.8.1 Light steel frames shall be protected against rust, deformation and other damage
duringtransport, storage and handling.

3.8.2 Light steel frames should be stored in a room that is adequately ventilated to prevent
condensation and protected with a waterproof cover.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. The work of Light steel roof truss includes fabrication and installation of roof
structures in the form of trusses that have been coated with zinc aluminum
(AZ100) for corrosion resistance.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.1.2. The roof frame installed must be from factory that have competency in research,
technology, and with more than 15 years of experience and not a home industry.

4.1.3. The roof frame is in form of a rigid triangle consisting of top main frame (top
chord), bottom main frame (bottom chord), and fill frame (web). The entire frame
is connected using a sufficient number of self-drilling screws. To lay the roof
covering material / tile, attach the batten frame directly above main roof truss
structure at a distance adjusted to the tile size.

4.1.4. Light steel frame work includes delivery of material to the site, assembling and
erection according to the drawing including:

a. Roof truss work


b. Batten work (batten)
c. Inner valley work (valley gutter)

4.1.5. The scope of work does not include:

a. Setting beam ring level


b. Roof covering installation
c. Installation of the roof finishing hood
d. Gutters other than inner valley gutters
e. Roof accessories.

4.2. Materials

The lightweight steel roof truss structure material must made be of G550 High Quality
Steel (certificate must be attached) and have the following requirements:

a. Steel mechanical properties:


- Minimum yield strength : 550 MPa
- Modulus of Elasticity : 2,1 x 105 MPa
- Shear Modulus : 8 x 104 MPa

b. Protective Coating

The frame of the rod must have a zinc and aluminum (Zinc-Aluminum / AZ) rust-
resistant coating: Tough ™ steel, with the following:
- 55 % Aluminium (Al)
- 43,5 % Zinc
- 1,5 % Silicon (Si)
- Thickness 150 gr/m2 (AZ 150)

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Such as from PT Bluescope Lysaght Indonesia or approved equal by Project


Manager.

4.3. Lip-channel, purlin, and others must be according to the Drawings.

4.4. Valley Gutter

Valley Gutter must made from Steel with G550 quality grade and AZ150 coat, with
thickness according to the drawings.

4.5. Strap Bracing

Strap Bracing must made from steel G550 with coating AZ150 and thickness
according to the drawings.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.6. Screw

Screw as connector between roof truss elements that used for installation shall be self-
drilling screw with specification:

a. Corrosion Resistance minimum Class 2

Truss fastener size shall type 12-14x20 with specification:

- Diameter of head screw : 12 Gauge (5,5 mm)


- Threads per inch/TPI : 14 TPI
- Length : 20 mm
- Bolt head size : 5/16” (8 mm hex. socket)
- Material : AISI 1022Heat treated Carbon Steel
- Shear, Average : 8.8 kN
- Tensile, min : 15.3 kN
- Torque, min : 13.2 kNm

b. Batten fastener size shall type 10-16x16, with specification:

- Diameter thread : 10 Gauge (4,87 mm)


- Threads per inch/TPI : 16 TPI
- Length : 16 mm
- Bolt head size : 5/16” (8 mm hex. socket)
- Material : AISI 1022 Heat treated carbon Steel
- Shear, Average : 6.8 kN
- Tensile, min : 11.9 kN
- Torque, min : 8.4 kNm

c. Installation of the number of bolts must according to details connection of the


drawing. Bolt installation must use an electric drill with a minimum of 560 watts and a
minimum rotation of 2000 rpm.

d. Dynabolt for binding truss structure with the concrete as the foundation and as load
bearing, must have minimum specifications:

- Diameter : 12mm (m10)


- Material : Steel Galvanized minimum 5microns
- Shear : 5,2kN (compressive strength fc’≥20N/mm2 quality 19mpa)
- Tensile : 2kN (compressive strength fc’≥20N/mm2 quality 19mpa)

e. Welding code must according to AWS D.1.1.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTIONS

5.1. Fabrication

5.1.1. Maximize shop fabrication and partial assembly of the framing system.
Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line,
and with connections securely fastened and as follows:

– Fabricate framing assemblies in jig templates.


– Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
– Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, bolting, clinching,
riveting or screw fastening as required by the fabricator's structural engineer.
Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Comply with AS 1554
requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds,
and methods used in correcting welding work.

5.1.2. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling,


delivery, and erection stresses.

5.1.3. Fabricate each metal framing assembly to a maximum out-of-square tolerance


of 3mm.

5.2. Installation

– Comply with the requirements of Fabrication, as above.


– Provide all bracing, lintels, brackets, reinforcement, stiffeners, accessories and
fixings in accordance with the requirements of the manufacture/ fabricator's
engineer.
– Install metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true to line, and with
connections securely fastened.
– Install framing members in one-piece lengths where possible.
– Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized.
– Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing.
Independently frame both sides of joints.
– Install framing to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and
true to line of 3mm in 300cm (1:1000).
– Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 3mm from plan
location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of
linings, claddings or other finishing materials.

5.3. Repairs and Protection

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 10 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed metal
framing with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's instructions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METAL


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 05 44 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Light Steel Frame
REVISION :A PAGE : 11 of 11
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

05 50 00

METAL FABRICATION

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work under this specification shall comprise transportation, the supply of labour, materials,
and the performance of all work necessary to install metal works in relation to non-structural
works as indicated in the Drawings.
It shall include but is not limited to the following:

- Steel hollow handrails and railing,


- Steel frame,
- Steel Angle,
- Steel Plate,
- Anchor bolts,
- Bolts, nuts and washers,
- Hangers/support for ceiling frame, lighting fixtures, ducting and fire extinguishers,
- And others as indicated in the Drawings.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products.
- ASTM A36/A36M - Specification for Structural Steel.
- ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard
Fasteners.
- ASTM A325/A325M - Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.

2.2. American Welding Society (AWS):

- D1.1-98 - Structural Welding Code- Steel (or latest edition).

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

2.3. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-1729-2002 - Tata Cara Perencanaan Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan


Gedung.

2.4. Related Sections:

- Concrete:

 03 30 00 – Cast in Place

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1 Samples and Mill Testing

Samples completed with mill certificates covering the chemical, physical, charpy
V-notch properties and the heat treatment data of all steel or metal to be used shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for approval prior to fabrication.
All testing shall be performed on a sample of the finished product.

3.2 Shop Drawings

A Shop Drawing and list of materials of pre-fabricated items falling into this category
shall be submitted to the Project Manager for approval prior to fabrication. After the
approval, no deviations or alterations shall be made in the finally accepted shop
drawings by the Contractor without written consent from the Project Manager.
The following items shall be included in the Shop Drawings as applicable:

- Materials specification,
- Piece mark numbers,
- List of material parts,
- Dimensions (exact length and shape) and weight,
- Fabrication details,
- Connection and welding details,
- Installation details,
- Painting requirements.
- Shop splices details and locations.

3.3 Inspection and Testing

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3.1. The material to be furnished under this Specification shall be subject to


inspections and tests in the mill, shop and field by the Project Manager.
However, inspection in the mill or shop will not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility to furnish new and first quality of materials and workmanship.

3.3.2. The Contractor shall perform and pay the cost of all sampling and testing of
materials and work as required, including any product demonstration proposed
by the Project Manager.

3.3.3. The Project Manager reserves the right to reject any material or fabricated
item if at any time before final acceptance of the structure, the following
condition occurs:

- The materials supplied do not conform to this Specification.


- The fabricated items do not conform to the Drawings or Specification.
- Modification has been made without the written approval from the Project
Manager.

3.4 Handling and Storage of Material

3.4.1. Materials shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such manner and
location as will minimize rusting and corrosion.

3.4.2. All metals shall be handled with extreme care, in such a manner as not to cause
excessive scratches or dents, as determined by the Project Manager.

3.4.3. All imperfections must be thoroughly inspected and any deep cuts or serious
abrasions shall be repaired and ground smooth. Plate repair procedure shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for approval. No other grinding shall be
permitted on base material to remove surface imperfections except as to
prepare surface for welding.Burning shall not be used to straighten or to bend
material, except by written consent of the Project Manager.

3.5. Warranty

- Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material


damaged by manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental
conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits
recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products
under environmenta; conditions outside manufacturer’s recommended limits.

- The Contractor will be responsible for other materials affected by acid, and shall
replace with new products at no additional cost to the Owner.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All metals shall be new and free from defects impairing strength, durability or
appearance, and shall be of the best commercial quality.

4.1.2. Unless otherwise specified, steel for light structural shapes such as angle, hollow,
plates and others as shown in the Drawings shall be made of steel grade Bj.37
having minimum yield strength of 2400kg/cm² conforms to the requirements of
SNI 03-1729-2002 and/or ASTM A36. Items to be substituted shall be approved
by the Project Manager.

4.2. Aluminium Frame

4.2.1. Unless otherwise specified, all aluminium works of profile to be used for
frames shall be of extruded aluminium alloy 6063,Temper T5 or T6,
min.thickness 1,35mm with powder-coated, min. 80micron (Standard
AMMA 2604 for Exterior), min.60micron (Standard AMMA 2603), finish in
colour as specified by Colour Scheme to be issued later, and shall conform
to SNI 07-0603-1989 and ASTM B 221 M, such as YKK or approved equal.

4.2.2. Unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings, thickness of profiles shall be


1.35mm minimum, with shape and dimension as shown in the Drawings.
Dimension of profiles can change depending on the types of profile approved
by the Project Manager.

4.3. Base Plate and Anchor

Base plates and anchors shall be made of steel material of grade Bj.37 complying with
SNI 03-1729-2002 in size according to the Drawings.

4.4. Anchor Bolts, Bolts, Nuts and Washer

4.4.1. Anchor bolts shall be made of steel round bar having minimum yield
strength of 2400kg/cm², complying with SNI 03-1729-2002 and/or
ASTM A 36/A 36M, and in diameter and length as indicated in the Drawings.

4.4.2. Ordinary Bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A-307, and shall be
cadmium plated, except where high strength bolts are shown or specified.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Bolts dimension shall be conform to ANSI B-18.2.1 and nuts dimension


shall conform to ANSI B-18.2.2.

4.4.3. High strength bolt, nuts and washers shall meet the requirements ASTM
A325/A325M.

4.4.4. Ring washers and others than those in contact with high strength bolt head
and nuts shall conform to ANSI B 18.22.1.All washers shall be zinc plated.

4.5. Welding Materials

4.5.1. Electrodes to be used for welding shall be standard products conforming to


AWS D1.1 of latest edition. The appropriate electrodes shall be selected best
fitting the type of steel to be welded, such as E70XX electrodes.

4.5.2. Welding materials other than those stipulated above shall be selected
according to the method of welding to be employed.

4.5.3. When base metals of two different yield stresses are welded together, filler
metal shall be selected according to the base metal which has the higher yield
stress.

4.6. Stainless Steel

Stainless Steel shall be SUS 304, with thickness:


- Lift Jamb Hairline 1,8mm according to the drawings,
- Cover Column 1,8mm according to the drawings,
- Plafon to wall (lift lobby) 1,8mm according to the drawings,

such as 3 PT. Karya Logam or PT. Gema Karya Abadi.

4.7. Steel Pipe

Steel pipe for handrails, railing shall be black steel type of ASTM A53,
Grade B, manufacture by Bakrie, Spindo or approval equal, and of diameter as
required and as specified in the Drawings.Diameter of pipe shall be as indicated in the
Drawings.

4.8. Metal Perforated

M e t a l P e r f o r a t e d for F a c a d e C r o w n shall be aluminium with


thickness and diameter perforated as indicated in the drawings, such as
manufacture by Trio jaya Steel, Expanda Metal Megah, Gunung Raja Paksi,

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Sinarindo Megah Perkasa, or approval equal.

4.9. Expanded Aluminium

Expanded Aluminium (with thickness according to the drawings), such as from Trio
Jaya Steel, Expanda Metal Megah, Gunung Raja Paksi, Sinarindo Megah
Perkasa.

4.10. Expanded Metal

Expanded Metal must be of galvanized steel, with a size of 30mm x 75 mm and


Gridmesh type, thickness 5mm, such as from Forte Indonesia, Expanda Metal
Megah, Gunung Raja Paksi, Sinarindo Megah Perkasa.

4.11. Hollow

Hollow steel as indicated in the drawings, shall be made of steel with grade quality
and meet requirement to SNI 03-1729-2002.

4.12. Grating/Strainer/Clean Out

Grating as indicated in the drawings, shall made from Cast Iron, such as from Batur
Artha Yulis, Maria Infiniferro, atau setara yang disetujui.

4.13. Hangers and Support

Hangers and/or supports for ceiling frame, lighting fixtures, fire extinguishers and other
equipment, shall be made of steel profile in sizes and forms as shown in the Drawings.

4.14. Grout

Grout for filling anchor's holes, baseplate's pad and others as indicated in the
Drawings shall be made of cement material, of non-shrinkage and non-metallic type,
such as Sika Grout 215 new, Conbextra GPXtra by Fosroc, Masterflow 830 by
BASF or approved equal.

4.15. Painting

Except for miscellaneous metals with galvanized finish, all miscellaneous metals
shall be finished with anti corrosion finish that complies with the requirements of
Section 09 97 13.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.10. Galvanizing

Method of hot-dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A 123 and the thickness of
zinc coating shall be in the range between 19 to 21microns.
Hot-dip galvanizing is to be applied only for structural steel work (including bolts,
nuts, washers, base plates and anchor bolts) in washing area as shown in the
Drawings.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

5.1.1. Miscellaneous metal items shall be of the sizes, shapes and constructed of
materials as indicated or specified in Drawings.
Unless otherwise specified, the items furnished shall be an approved product,
fabricated in accordance with an efficient shop method.
Prior to the fabrication, all the necessary measurements shall be verified and
checked in accordance with the quality control procedures of the AISC
requirements.

5.1.2. Design and members and connections for any portion of the structures not
indicated in the Drawings shall be completed by the Contractor and indicated on
the Shop Drawings.

5.1.3. The Contractor shall be responsible for correction of all errors and omissions in
detailing, layout and fabrication at his own cost.

5.2. Fabrication and Installation

5.2.1 General.

- Fabrication of miscellaneous metals shall be carried out in accordance with


the Drawings and this Specification.
Welding work shall be carried out in accordance with AWS D1.1-98 or the latest
edition.
- Unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings, minimum thickness of welding
shall be 3mm by using E70XX electrodes.
- For fabrication of work exposed-to-view, use only materials that are smooth
and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks,
rolled trade names and roughness. Remove blemishes by grinding, or by
welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surfaces
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

finishes.
- Exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush smooth, shall be
formed using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners
of the type indicated or, if not indicated, use cross-recessed flat head
(countersunk) screws or bolts.
- Installation of miscellaneous metal in types, sizes and distances as shown in
the Drawings, shall be carried out according to the Drawings, Specification of
related works and the approved Shop Drawings.
- Anchor bolts, anchor bolt assemblies and hook bolts shall be furnished and
installed in conformity with the Drawings and as directed by the Project
Manager. All steel anchorage embedded to concrete shall be properly
cleaned of rust, loose scales, oil and other objectionable matter in order to
have a good bond to the concrete.
- Provide and coordinate anchorage of the type indicated with the supporting
structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate
support for the intended use of the work.

5.2.2 Handrails and/or Railings.

- Adjust railings prior to securing in place to assure proper matching at butting


joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Plumb post in each
direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction.
- Post shall be welded to base with flange, angle types or floor types as required
by conditions or by the Drawings. Then post with its base shall be bolted to the
supporting members as described or as directed by the Project Manager.

5.2.3 Hangers and Support.

Hangers and/or supports shall be made of steel profile in sizes and forms as shown
in the Drawings and the hangers shall be handed to the building structure in such a
manner that the hangers can be distributed evenly over the area as shown in the
Drawings.
Hanger for fire extinguisher shall be as recommended by the fire extinguisher's
manufacturer.

5.3. Protective Coating/Painting

5.3.1. Unless otherwise noted, all miscellaneous metal works shall be anti-rust coated
with painting in colours as specified in Colour Scheme which is be issued later.

5.3.2. Paints and painting works, including surface preparation, shall be carried out in
accordance with the requirements of Section 09 97 13.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.4. Galvanizing

Use galvanizing repair paint for hot-dip galvanizing damaged part caused by handling,
transporting, cutting, welding or bolting. Do not heat surfaces where repair paint has
been applied on.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : METALS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 05 50 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Metal Fabrication
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 9
DIVISI0N 6
WOOD, PLASTIC and COMPOSITE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR INTERIOR WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

06 16 00

SHEATING
( HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATE )

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall include the provision and treatment of Sheating work as indicated in the Drawings.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Peraturan Konstruksi Kayu Indonesia (NI-5, 1961).

2.2. Persyaratan Umum Bahan Bangunan di Indonesia (PUBI 1982).

2.3. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-3233-1998 – Tata Cara Pengawetan Kayu untuk Bangunan Rumah


dan Gedung.
- SNI 01-5008.2-2000 - Kayu Lapis Penggunaan Umum.

2.4. Standard of Manufacture

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples.

3.1.1. Samples of proposed material shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to delivery.

3.1.2. All High Pressure Laminated sheating shall be obtained from an approved
supplier who will guarantee the quality and moisture content for the purpose it
is required.

3.2. Handling and Storage.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Wood, Plastic and Composite
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 06 16 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Sheating/HPL
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR INTERIOR WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2.1. All HPL shall be delivered to the site in undamaged condition, stored in fully
covered and well naturally ventilated areas protected from extreme climate
changes in temperature and humidity or rain.

3.2.1. Store in dry areas where moisture content can be maintained and protect
materials against exposure to weather and moisture.

3.2.2. Interior finish shall be stored at the site in approved weather tight enclosures,
good naturally ventilated and shall not be brought into the building until the
plastering work has been completed and is completely dry.

3.3. Warranty

- Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged


by manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results. Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside
manufacturer’s recommended limits.

- Submitt warranty documents specified of manufacture.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. HIgh Pressure Laminate

High Pressure Laminate is made of phenolic resin impregnated sheets and a melamine
resin impregnated decor, which are bonded under the combined effect or heat and high
pressure, thus producing a highly durable product.

Laminates shall have minimum thickness of 0.8mm, shall be resistant to heat, and
having colours and pattern as determined later by the Project Manager, such as from
Formica, Supreme Decoluxe, Decoform, Perform or approved equal.

4.2. Adhesive

All glue or adhesives used shall be water resistan, mtade of neoprene based/synthetic
resin based material, and shall be as recommended by the laminate manufacturer,
locally produced.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Wood, Plastic and Composite
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 06 16 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Sheating/HPL
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR INTERIOR WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.3. Trim

Materials for trim shall be the species specified herein or approved equal, designed as
indicated for such items as wall skirting, pattern in accordance with grading rules for
the species for such items as baseboards and can be assembled and sanded at the mill
insofar as practicable, in maximum practicable length, and with permitted finger joints
when paint finishes are to be received. Sample of factory work shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval, prior to mass production.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. Sizes and Patterns

Timber shall be surfaced four sides, and dressed size of lumber shall conform to the
applicable provisions of PKKI (NI-5, 1961). Timber shall be worked to such patterns as
indicated or specified.

5.2. Preservative Treatments

All items shall be preservative treated in a closed retort except as specified for
softwood lumber Treated materials that are cut shall have cut surfaces well
brushed-coated with the preservative used in the original treatment.

5.3. Workmanship

Finished work shall be dressed and sanded, free from machine and tool marks,
abrasions, raised grain or other defects on surfaces exposed to view in the finished
work. Joint shall be tight and so formed to conceal shrinkage. Mortice and tenon joints
shall be set in glue with wedges and for interior work may be pinned.

5.4. Finish Treatment

Laminated according to manufacturer instruction.

5.5. Repairing and Protection

Repair or remove and replace any defective work as directed upon completion of
installation.
Maintain procedures and precautions for protection of materials and installed
woodwork from damage by the work of other trades until acceptance of the work.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Wood, Plastic and Composite
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 06 16 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Sheating/HPL
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR INTERIOR WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Maintain temperature and humidity conditions during the remainder of the


construction period in areas of architectural woodwork installation.

5.6. Cleaning

All wood chips, piece of woods and unused wood shall be regularly removed from the
work area. All unused materials and waste materials shall be removed and discarded.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Wood, Plastic and Composite
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 06 16 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Sheating/HPL
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4
DIVISI0N 7
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For Tender

SECTION

07 13 13

BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include furnishing material, labour, tools and installation of waterproofing at
places as indicated in the Drawings.
The works shall include but not be limited to the following:

- Concrete d finishing screed/tile


- Others as indicated in the drawings

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of Manufacture

2.2. Related all Section:

 Concrete :

- 03 30 00 - Cast in Place

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Prior to delivery, sample and technical data of materials to be used shall be submitted to
the Project Manager for review and approval.

3.2. Shop Drawings

3.2.1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings for Project Manager's
approval. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of field

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 1313
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Bitumen Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For Tender

requirements to allow ample time for checking. All submittal shall be complete
and shall contain all required and detailed information.

3.2.2. In the event of any discrepancy between one Drawing and another or between
the Drawings and this Specification, the Contractor shall bring such a
discrepancy to the attention of the Project Manager for resolution.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All materials shall be delivered in good condition, free from any defect, and shall
be completed with label, technical data and data required as specified.

3.3.2. All materials shall be orderly kept in their packages and shall be kept free from
damage.

3.3.3. Store all materials under a tarp to protect from oil, dirt and sunlight.

3.4. Warranty

- Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged


by manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside
manufacturer’s recommended limits.

- Submitt warranty documents specified of manufacture.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Waterproofing shall be Torching Bituminous Membrane Type, and protecting


concrete from deterioration, withstands extreme climates, preventing oil ingress into
concrete, quick installation and reducing maintenance costs,slip resistance,preventing
water leaks and reinforcement corrosion, shall have following characteristics:

Chemical Based : Atactic Poly Propylene (APP) modified bitumen-based


waterproofing membrane dengan non-woven polyester felt
reinforcement dan sand broadcast.
Color : black
Tensile Strength : 700 ± 20%, 500 ± 20%
Elongation : 45 ( ± 20% )

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 1313
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Bitumen Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For Tender

Such as SikaBit PRO® P30-0 Sand from Sika, Ultrachem Torch G Grey from
Ultrachem, Mapethene TA from Mapei or approval equal by Project Manager.

4.2. Accesories

Drain: around drain use Non Shrinkage grouting materials.

Notes: If there is additional work after the waterproofing application that causes the
waterproofing membrane to be injured, the contractor is obliged to report to the waterproofing
applicator to carry out repair work on the area.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

5.1.1. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions area corrected. Beginning of execution
will constitute acceptable of existing conditions.

5.1.2. Substrates must be dry and clean from any liquid such as oil, grease, or any
coating which may hinder the adhesion.

5.1.3. Cleaning preferably using brush and/or vacuum.

5.2. Substrate Preparation

5.2.1. Surface of the concrete shall be dry, clean, flat, and free from any other loose
material, oil, grease or any coating which may hinder the adhesion to the
substrate.

5.2.2. The supporting layer must be compatible to the membrane

5.2.3. All surfaces shall be inspected and approved by the supervisor prior to
application.

5.3. Application

5.3.1. Apply solvent / water based primer to a clean, smooth and dry surface by brush,
roller or spray.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 1313
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Bitumen Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For Tender

5.3.2. Unroll, align and re roll correctly before torching. Overlaps should be minimum
80 mm.

5.3.3. Use gas burner to heat the substrate and thermo fusible film on the underside on
lower face of membrane.

5.3.4. When the thermo- fusible film melts after torching, the membrane is ready to
stick. Roll forward and press firmly against the substrate to bond.

5.3.5. Heat both the overlaps and use the round tipped trowel heating the same to
smoothen and press into seam. Side overlaps should be a minimum of 80 mm
and end overlaps 150 mm.

5.3.6. All angles and abutments should be sealed with extra care to ensure full
bondage. The edges should be sealed well into the grooves.

5.3.7. The membrane should be protected from getting damaged due to ongoing site
activities and during backfilling either by cement sand plaster or other suitable
methods (Polymer screed min thickness 50 mm, with 1 layer reinforcement).

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 1313
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Bitumen Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 14 16

COLD FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include furnishing material, labour, tools and installation of waterproofing at
places as indicated in the Drawings.
The works shall include but not be limited to the following:

- Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)


- Concrete Roof Exposed
- Others as indicated in the drawings

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM D 412 – Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic
Elastomers - Tension
- ASTM E 408 - Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces
Using Inspection-Meter Techniques
- ASTM D 624 - 2012 - Standard Test Methods for Tear Strength of Conventional
Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers
- ASTM D 4541-2017 – Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings
Using Portable Adhesion Testers
- ASTM C 836 – Standard Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-
Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing
Course
- ASTM E 96 – Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

2.2. Standard of Manufacture

2.3. Related all Section:

- Concrete :

 03 30 00 - Cast in Place
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Prior to delivery, sample and technical data of materials to be used shall be submitted to
the Project Manager for review and approval.

3.2. Shop Drawings

3.2.1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings for Project Manager's
approval. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of field
requirements to allow ample time for checking.
All submittal shall be complete and shall contain all required and detailed
information.

3.2.2. In the event of any discrepancy between one Drawing and another or between
the Drawings and this Specification, the Contractor shall bring such a
discrepancy to the attention of the Project Manager for resolution.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All materials shall be delivered in good condition, free from any defect, and shall be
completed with label, technical data and data required as specified.

3.3.2. All materials shall be orderly kept in their packages and shall be kept free from
damage.

3.3.3. Store all materials under a tarp to protect from oil, dirt and sunlight.

3.4. Warranty

- Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged


by manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results. Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside
manufacturer’s recommended limits.

- The Contractor will be responsible for other materials affected by acid, and shall
replace with new products at no additional cost to the Owner.

- Submitt warranty documents specified of manufacture.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Waterproofing shall be Cold Fluid Applied Type, odourless liquid that when applied, it
shall produce no visual change to treated concrete, protecting concrete from
deterioration, withstands extreme climates, preventing oil ingress into concrete, quick
installation and reducing maintenance costs,slip resistance,preventing water leaks and
reinforcement corrosion.

4.1.1. Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and Water Treatment Plant (WTP)

Cold Fluid Applied Waterproofing for Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and
Water Treatment Plant (WTP) shall have the following characteristics:

Chemical Based : Epoxy Resin


Mix Density : 1,35 kg/L
Bond Strength : on concrete 15kg/cm2 (failure in concrete if
>15kg/cm2)

Such as Moisture Barrier Sikalastic® 720 Epocem HC (thickness 1mm) +


Top Coat Sikagard® 63N (thickness 0,3-0,5mm) from Sika,
MasterProtect1812 from BASF or Fosroc.

4.1.2. Concrete Roof - Exposed

The waterproof layer for the Exposed Concrete Roof must meet the following
characteristics:

Chemical Based : modified acrylic polyurethane


Tensile Strength : ~1,7 N/mm2
Elongation at Break : 360%

Such as Sikalastic ® 590 (thickness 1,2 mm) from Sika , Weber.PUR Seal
from MU Weber, Aqua fle x Roof Premium from Mapei

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

5.1.1. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution. Do not
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

proceed until unsatisfactory conditions area corrected. Beginning of execution


will constitute acceptable of existing conditions.

5.1.2. Substrates must be dry and clean from any liquid such as oil, grease, or any
coating which may hinder the adhesion.
5.1.3. Cleaning preferably using brush and/or vacuum.

5.2. Substrate Preparation

5.2.1. Surface of the concrete shall be dry, clean, flat, and free from any other loose
material, oil, grease or any coating which may hinder the adhesion to the
substrate.
5.2.2. All surfaces shall be inspected and approved by the supervisor prior to
application.

5.3. Application

Installation work required in this Specification shall be performed only with manufacturer's
authorized representative in attendance. Waterproofing shall be applied strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

5.3.1. Water Tank and Pump Room

1. The concrete substrate must be sound and of sufficient compressive


strength (minimum 25 N/mm2) with a minimum pull off strength of 1.5 N/mm2.
2. Important: If moisture content >4%, temporary moisture barrier system is
highly recommended to be applied prior the application of the protective
coating. Epoxy Resin Coating should be used as temporary moisture barrier
system.
3. TopCoat may be applied with brush or roller.
4. Roller coating:
- Primer :1x
- Coating :2–3x
5. Coating System Product Consumption:
- Primer : 0.3 – 0.5 kg/m2
- Coating :0.3 – 0.7 kg/m2per coat (depending on substrate
condition and coating thickness)

5.3.2. Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and Water Treatment Plant (WTP)

1. The concrete substrate must be sound and of sufficient compressive


strength (minimum 25 N/mm2) with a minimum pull off strength of 1.5 N/mm2.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

2. Important: If moisture content >4%, temporary moisture barrier system is


highly recommended to be applied prior the application of the protective
coating. Epoxy Resin Coating should be used as temporary moisture barrier
system.
3. TopCoat can be applied with a stiff brush, a short piled, solvent resistant
roller or by airless spray.
4. Roller coating:
- Primer :1x
- Coating :2–3x
5. With Rendering:
- Scratch coat : Epoxy Resin Coating
- Leveling layer : Epoxy Resin Coating
- Primer :1x
- Coating :2–3x
6. Coating System Product Consumption (Rendering):
- Scratch coat : ~ 2kg/m² per mm thickness
- Leveling layer : ~ 2kg/m² per mm thickness
- Primer : 0.1-0.2 kg/m²
- Roller coating : 0.1-0.2 kg/m² per coat

5.3.3. Concrete Roof Exposed

1. New concrete should be cured for at least 28 days and should have a pull of
strength ≥ 1.5 N/mm2.
2. Apply primer for concrete substrate.
3. Apply waterproofing:
- Without reinforcement:
a. Apply 1st coat Primer
b. Apply 2nd coats waterproofing
Total Consumption 0,9-1,4kg/m2
- With reinforcement:
a. Apply 1st coat Primer
b. Apply 2nd 3coats with roll in Glass Fiber Matt Reinforcement
Total Consumption 1,9-2,8kg/m2

5.4. Improvements/Repair

All damaged surfaces must be repaired according to manufacturer's recommendation of


materials to produce a flat surface and will not interfere with the installation of the final
surface layer / finishing.

5.5. Inspection, testing and warranties

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.5.1. The contractor shall do the testing by watering on a waterproof surface for at least
24 hours, and the test shall be carried out with the approval of the Project
Manager.

5.5.2. At the time of delivery, the Contractor shall provide guarantees of his or her work
against possible leakage, breakage and other defects during the maintenance
period, and repair and replace any kind of damages.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Thermal/Moisture Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 14 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Cold Fluid Waterproofing
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 16 13

POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include furnishing material, labour, tools and installation of waterproofing at
places as indicated in the Drawings.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of Manufacture

2.2. Related Sections:

- Masonry:

 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring

- Finishes::

 09 30 13 - Tiling

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data.

Prior to delivery, sample and technical data of materials to be used shall be submitted
to the Project Manager for review and approval.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

3.2.1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings for Project
Manager's approval. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in
advance of field requirements to allow ample time for checking.
All submittal shall be complete and shall contain all required and detailed
information.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 16 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Polymer Modified Cement wp
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2.2. In the event of any discrepancy between one Drawing and another or between
the Drawings and this Specification, the Contractor shall bring such a
discrepancy to the attention of the Project Manager for resolution.

3.3. Handling and Storage.

3.3.1. All materials shall be delivered in good condition, free from any defect, and
shall be completed with label, technical data and data required as specified.

3.3.2. All materials shall be orderly kept in their packages and shall be kept free from
damage. Storage all product under a tarp to protect from oil, dirt and sunlight.

3.1. Warranty

- Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged


by manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results. Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside
manufacturer’s recommended limits.

- The Contractor will be responsible for other materials affected by acid, and shall
replace with new products at no additional cost to the Owner.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.3.1. Waterproofing shall be predosed, ready for use waterproofing slurry based on resin
modified cementitious material.

4.3.2. Waterproofing cement based for Toilet shall have performance requirements as
follows:

- Form : liquid and Powder


- Color : Concrete Grey
- Flexural Strength 28 hari : 10N/mm2
- Bond Strength 28hari : 1N/mm2
- Elongasi : 20%

Such as SikaTop 107 Plus from Sika, MasterSeal 540 from BASF, BetecSeal SC
from GCP, or Brushbond Flex from Fosroc.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 16 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Polymer Modified Cement wp
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

a. For surface with drain outlet, they shall have slope 1% toward the drain oulet. Prior to
installation of waterproofing, drain outlet shall have been installed.
b. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution. Do not
proceed until unsatis-factory conditions area corrected. Beginning of execution will
constitute acceptable of existing conditions.
c. Substrates must be dry and clean from any liquid such as oil, grease, or any coating
which may hinder the adhesion.
d. Cleaning preferably using brush and/or vacuum.

5.2. Substrate Preparation

a. Surface of the concrete shall be SSD, clean, flat, and free from any other loose
material, oil, grease or any coating which may hinder the adhesion to the substrate.
b. All surfaces shall be inspected and approved by the supervisor prior to application.

5.3. Application

1. Stir component A (liquid) then pour into mixing vessel.


2. Slowly add component B (powder) while mixing with a low speed drill type mixer
(max. 500 rpm) and suitable, spiral mixing paddle.
3. By controlling the amount of powder, the consistency can be adjusted,
depending on the application type.
4. Mix for at least 3 minutes, until a homogeneous mixture, free from lumps an
achieved.
5. Do not add water under any circumstances.
6. Application of the product can be done by using Brush and Trowel.
7. Always apply minimum of 2 coats, the 1st coat on damp (pre-wetted) substrate
8. The 2nd coat is to be applied after the 1st coat started to set and can support the
following coat (2-6 hours waiting time, depend on the climate).
9. Finish-off with by brushing with dry sponge when setting of 2nd coat has started.
10. Maximum waiting time between 1st coat and 2nd coat is max 48 hours.
11. Waterproofing must be protected with tile adhesive + ceramic, should be applied max
48 hours after application of finish coat of Cement Based Coating Waterproofing.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 16 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Polymer Modified Cement wp
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 41 16

INSULATED METAL ROOF PANELS

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall cover the furnishing and installation of roof insulation materials as specified in the
Drawings.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

2.2. Standard of the Manufacturer.

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Sample and Technical Data.

3.1.1. Prior to commencement of field work, the Contractor shall submit material
samples, technical data and application details for all insulation work to the
Engineer for approval.

3.1.2. Where materials are identified by their trade name, recognized and accepted
equals may be used provided they are used in the proper thickness to ensure
efficiencies which are comparable to those provided by trade names identified
herein.

3.2. Handling and Storage.

Insulation shall be protected against the action of the weather during all stages of
application with polyethylene sheeting or approved equal, until the cover sheeting is
installed. Damp or wet insulation shall be rejected.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 41 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Insulated Metal Roof Panel
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3. Non-Conformity.

The Engineer shall have the right to reject any work which is not carried out in
accordance with this or any other available specification. All expenses incurred in the
correction or rejection of work shall be borne by the Contractor. Causes for rejection
shall include, but not be limited to failure of Contractor to apply the minimum thickness
required, or to apply insulation in conformance with the available Drawings or this
Specification.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. General.

All insulation materials shall be new, free from any defect and of first quality, from a
manufacturer with a proven record in this field of production.

4.2. Roof Insulation.

4.2.1. Insulation

Roof insulation shall be a fibre free product constructed of pure aluminium foil
of at least 99% attached to fire retardant non-dripping close-cell polyethylene
bubble sheeting in thermal process without glue or chemical, and having the
following characteristics:

- High thermal resistance performance


- Non irritation, non asthmatic, non allergenic, non carcinogenic
- Rodent and insect resistance, formaldehyde free
- Flame retardant, meets international standards (Fire passes ASTM E 84,
UL 723),
- Effective in high humidity, acts as vapor barrier and water under sheeting
- Fast installation, reduce transportation and storage cost.
- Reflectivity of foil surfaces 97%,
- Nominal thickness of 4mm

such as Polynum Super (4mm) from PT Batara Surya, Indofoil, or approved


equal.

4.2.2. Self Adhesive Aluminium Tape

Self-adhesive aluminium tape for roof insulation shall have characteristics


according to the standard of the manufacturer, and shall come from the same
manufacturer with the roof insulation manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 41 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Insulated Metal Roof Panel
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2.3. Supporting Plate and Screw

- Supporting plate made of metal of 40mm width by 10m length shall come
from the insulation manufacturer
- Screw of WFH 10-16 type shall be supplied by the insulation manufacturer.

4.3. Roof Mesh

Roofmesh shall be made of galvanized steel round wire in diameter of 1.5mm, spot
welded electrically at every crossing point, with mesh spacing of 75mm x 75mm, such
as manufactured by Lionmesh,Unionmesh, Bevamesh, or approved equal.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. General.

All building insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer installation
instruction and/or the specified Drawings.

5.2. Installation.

5.2.1. Building insulation shall be installed at all places as indicated by the Drawings.

5.2.2. Building insulation shall be applied with all joints fitted to eliminate voids.

5.2.3. Unless otherwise specified, insulation under metal roofing shall be installed over
roof frame/purlins in a manner as recommended by the insulation manufacturer.
Supporting plate shall be installed under every overlapping of insulation sheet
as recommended by the insulation manufacturer.
The minimum overlap of insulation when installed shall be as recommended by
the insulation manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Moisture/Thermal Protection


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 07 41 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Insulated Metal Roof Panel
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 3
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SEKSI

07 41 43

ATAP UPVC

1.0. JOB DESCRIPTION

This work includes all the provision of labor, materials and detailing as well as the installation of all
upvc roofing along with fasteners and other equipment. The whole work must be in accordance
with these Drawings and Technical Specifications, and/or in accordance with the Project
Manager's instructions

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARD

1. Standard of Manufacture

2. Related secifications :

 Metal:

 05 12 00 – Structural Steel Frame

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURE

3.1. Material Sample

Samples of materials to be used must be accompanied by technical data from the


manufacturer, and must be submitted to the Project Manager for approval, before being
sent to the project site.
The cost of procuring samples of materials is the responsibility of the Contractor.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Perlindungan Panas/Lembab


: 22225 : 07 41 43
PROJECT NUMBER SECTION
: September 2022 : Atap Upvc
DATE :A TITLE : 1 of 4

REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Construction Detail Drawing

The Contractor is required to submit the Construction Detailed Drawings (commonly


refered as Shop Drawing) which made based on the Consultant Drawings. Those
drawings must be comprehensive, including the thickness, type, gradation and class of the
transparent plastic panels used.
In addition, it must indicate the details of the reinforcement frame construction, size and
installation method as well.
Prior to fabrication, the Contractor must check the correctness of all measurements and if
necessary take measurements in the field.

3.3. Transport and Storage

Materials must be transported and stored carefully in a protected place and avoid
damage or cracking prior to installation.

3.4. Installation Instructions

Technical data from the manufacturer containing the installation instructions must
include all materials to be used, and must be written in detail so that the materials can be
installed correctly, especially at the joints, even by mediocre craftsmen.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Unplasticized Poly Vinyl Chloride (UPVC)

UPVC roof is a roof made of UPVC (unplasticized polyvinyl chloride), this material has
excellent ability to be used as building roofing material. With characteristics:
- Cool, UPVC roof can reject heat, up to 71%.
- Soundproof, it could reduce noise transmission due to heavy rain by up to 20
decibels compared to metal roofing. Therefore, it can create more comfortable
environment for the user
- Flexible, Even though it is built with high strength and looks rigid, UPVC roofs can be
flexible at a certain length and applied to curved roofs, without having to roll up first
like metal roofs in general.
- Fire Retardant, UPVC roof is a strong roof that is not flammable even when it burns,
the fire does not spread like in most other roofing products with flammable insulation

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Perlindungan Panas/Lembab


: 22225 : 07 41 43
PROJECT NUMBER SECTION
: September 2022 : Atap Upvc
DATE :A TITLE : 2 of 4

REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

materials. This is what ensures the safety of the rest of the property from fire, unlike
some roofing insulation products which can spread quickly.
- Corrosion Resistant, upvc roof is one of the roofs that is very good corrosion
resistance.
- Has 90% better resistance to acids, bases and salts than metal roofing products.

Like Alderon or any approved.

4.2. Fasteners.

Fasteners for installing transparent plastic panels to curtains/supports using zinc-


coated steel hooks. The length of the hook is adjusted to the height of the
curtain/support and the wave height of the transparent plastic panel, as shown in the
working drawings. The hook head must be equipped with a rubberized cover to prevent
leakage.

5.0. WORK IMPLEMENTATION

5.1. General

If the Contractor starts the upvc roof installation work without reporting to the Project
Manager about the shortcomings of the previous work, it can be considered that the
Contractor has accepted the results of the work and the existing surface.
And if there is a need for repair, replacement or transfer of work caused by previous
works then everything will be borne by the Contractor without any additional costs
from the Project Owner.

5.2. Installation

5.2.1. Prior to installation, the steel frame where the panels will be placed must have
been completed in accordance with the provisions of Technical Specification
05 12 00 and has been given a layer of anti-rust paint in accordance with the
provisions of Technical Specifications 09 91 13.

5.2.2. Installation of the upvc roof and its accessories must be carried out in
accordance with the installation instructions from the manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Perlindungan Panas/Lembab


: 22225 : 07 41 43
PROJECT NUMBER SECTION
: September 2022 : Atap Upvc
DATE :A TITLE : 3 of 4

REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2.3. The upvc cover sheet must have a clear label indicating the UV protected
surface. Always make sure that the surface with the ultra violet is placed facing
the sun.

5.2.4. If the upvc will be installed next to the metal roof/wall covering, the installation
must take into account the number of passes of the metal panel so that it does
not leak caused by rain.

5.3. Cleaning

5.3.1. Transparent plastic panels are not scratch-resistant materials and care must
be taken not to scratch the surface. Always clean Eid by washing it with warm
soap and water using a soft cloth or foam. Rinse with cold water.
Damaged/defective or improperly installed components must be removed and
replaced.

5.3.2. To remove paint, grease, etc., use isopropyl alcohol, butyl cellusolve or ethyl
alcohol and wash and rinse as above.

5.3.3. Do not use solvents or cleaners that are destructive.

5.4. Maintenance

Care must be taken to ensure that the upvc must be maintained in its quality.
Recommended cleaning instructions must be followed carefully to maintain
appearance, gloss and light transmittance,

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Perlindungan Panas/Lembab


: 22225 : 07 41 43
PROJECT NUMBER SECTION
: September 2022 : Atap Upvc
DATE :A TITLE : 4 of 4

REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 42 43

ALUMINIUM-FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall cover the furnishing of labor, materials, tools, equipment and installation of
aluminium-faced composite wall panel, including connectors, clips, screws, bolts, nuts,
washers, and others as shown in the Drawings and as specified herein.
Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels and mounting system including the following:

- Exterior cladding panels


- Exterior Soffits
- Exterior Parapet Copings
- Others and custom application indicated on the Drawings

System Type for Exterior Applications:

- Rout and return wet sealed system


- Rout and return dry sealed system
- Drained and back ventilated rain screen system

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM B 117 – Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing ASTM B 117 - Method of Salt Spray
(Fog) Testing.
- ASTM D 635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of
Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
- ASTM D 822 - Practice for Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-
Arc Type) for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.
- ASTM D 1308 - Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic
Finishes.
- ASTM D 1781 - Climbing Drum Peel Test for Adhesives.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- ASTM D 1735 - Method for Water Fog Testing of Organic Coatings.


- ASTM D 1929 - Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics.
- ASTM D 2247 - Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100 percent
Relative Humidity.
- ASTM D 2794 - Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation
(Impact).
- ASTM D 3359 - Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.
- ASTM D 3363 - Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test.
- ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
- ASTM E 283 - Rate of Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors.
- ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
Under the Influence of Wind Loads.

2. British Standard (BS):

- BS 476 part 7: 1997 – Surface Spread of Flame


- BS 476 part 6: 1989+A1: 209 – Method of Test for Fire Prpagation for Product

3. Standard of Manufacture

4. Related Section:

- Metals:

· 05 10 00 – Structural Metal Framing

- Thermal and Moisture Protection:

· 07 92 00 – Joint Sealant

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples, Mock-Up, and Technical Data

3.1.1. Submitt samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s


colour chart, textures, and pattern available for wall panels with factory-
applied finishes:
- Two samples of each type assembly (min.304mm x 304mm)
- Two samples of each color or finish selected (min. 76mm x 102mm)

3.1.2. Submitt technical data including manufacturer’s literature, standar details,


PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

certified test results by a recognized testing laboratory or agency in


accordance with specified test methods for each system, installation
instructions methods as applicable to materials and finishes for each
component and for total panel system.

3.1.3. Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and


application workmanship:
- Finish areas designated by Architect
- Do not procedd with remaining work until finished appearance and
workmanship are approved by Architect
- Rework mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work

3.2. Shop Drawings

Submitt shop drawings showings project layout and elevations, fastenings and
anchoring methods, detail and location of joints, sealant, and gaskets, including
joints necessary to accommodate thermal movement, trim, flashing and
accessories.

3.3. Handling and Storage.

3.3.1. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed.
Package panels for protection against transportation damage.

3.3.2. Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting wall and other covering panels
to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.

3.3.3. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other


suitable weathertight ventilated covering. Store metal wall panels so that they
will not accumulate water. Do not store panels in contact with other materials
that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

3.4. Warranty

Furnish panel manufacturer's written warranty covering failure of the factory-applied


exterior finish on metal wall panels within the warranty period. This warranty shall be in
condition to and not a limitation of other rights the Owner may have against the
Contractor under the Contract Documents.
Project Warranty refer to conditions of the contract for project warranty provisions
(min. 10years discoloration and 10 years peel-off).

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within


recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under
environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s absolute limits.

4.1.2. Field measurements shall be taken prior to the completion of shop fabrication
whenever possible. However, coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress as directed by the Contractor to avoid delay work. Field fabrication may
be allowed to ensure proper fit. Field fabrication shall be kept to an absolute
minimum with the majority of the fabrication being done under controlled shop
conditions.

4.2. Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels

4.2.1. Available manufacturers shall be subject to compliance with requirements,


manufactures offering metal wall panel systems that may be incorporated in the
work include but are not limited to the following , such as Alupanel (UK), Larson
(France), Alpolic (Japan), or approval equal.

4.2.2. Panel Thickness shall be 4mm, Thickness of Coating 2-coat 25microns PVDF,
with composition two sheet of aluminium sandwhiching a solid core formed in a
continous process with no glues or adhesives between dissimilar materials. The
core material shall be free of voids and/or air spaces and not contain foamed
insulation material. Products laminated sheet by sheet in a batch process using
glues or adhesives between materials shall not be acceptable.

4.2.3. The panels shall have composition of FR polyurethane core sandwich between
two layers of 0.5mm thick aluminium alloy.

4.2.4. Aluminium sheets shall comply with alloy 3003 with temper as required to suit
forming operations. Provide manufacturer's standard finish in colour to be selected.

4.2.5. When tested for bond integrity, in accordance with ASTM D1781 (simulating
Resistance to panel delamination), there shall not be an adhesive failure of the
bond between the core and the skin or cohesive failure of the core itself below
the following values. Peel Strength 100 N mm/mm (22.5 in lb./in.) according to
manufactured and 100 N mm/mm (22.5 in lb./in.) After 21 days soaking in water
at 70°F.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2.6. Fire Performance ASTM E84 (Flame Spread Index 25 and Smoke Developed
Index 450). Flammability Class B1, under conditions of a fully developed fire
these products will not significantly contribute to the fire load and fire growth.

4.2.7. Coatings shall be applied either before or after forming and fabricating panels, as
required by coating process and as required for maximum coating performance
capability. Coating shall be protected either by application of strippable film or by
packing plastic film or other suitable material between panels in a manner to
properly protect the finish. Furnish air-drying spray finish in matching colour for
touch-up.

4.3. Miscellaneous Materials.

4.3.1. Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets, self-locking bolts, end-welded
studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.

4.3.2. Use aluminium, corrosion-resistant steel, or stainless steel fasteners for exterior
application and galvanized or cadmium-plated fasteners for interior applications.

4.4. Panel Supports and Anchorage.

Provide the following secondary framing members :


· "C" or "Z"-shaped sections fabricated from 1.5mm shop-painted, roll-formed steel shall
be for wall girts.
· Unequal flange "C"-shaped sections formed to provide adequate backup for wall
panels, from 1.5mm shop-painted, roll-formed steel, to be used for eave struts.
· Angles in sizes and thickness as shown in the Drawings fabricated from shop-painted,
roll-formed steel to be used for flange and sag bracing.
· Base and sill angles shall be fabricated from 1.9mm cold-formed galvanized steel
sections.
· Secondary structural members, except columns and beams, shall be the
manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from 1.9mm cold-formed galvanized steel.

4.5. Tolerances

- Panel Bow: Shall not exceed 0.8% of panel overall dimension in width or length
- Panel Dimensions: Field fabrication shall be allowed where necessary but shall
bekept to an absolute minimum. All fabrication shall be done under controlled shop
conditions when possible. Panel dimensions shall be such that there will be an

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

allowance for field adjustment and thermal movement.


- Panel lines, breaks, angles and curves shall be sharp, true and surfaces free of warps
and buckles.
- Maximum deviation from panel flatness shall be 1/8” in 60inches on panel in any
direction for assembled unites. (Non-accumulative – No oil canning).
- Panel surfaces shall be free of scratches or marks caused during fabrication

4.6. System Characteristics

- System shall not have any visible fasteners, telegraphing or fastenings on the panel
faces or any other exposed surface that compromises a neat and flat appearance.
- Fabricate panel system to dimension, size, and profile indicated on the drawings based
on a design temperature of 70 degree F (21 degree C).
- Fabricate panel system so that no restrains can be placed on the panel, which might
results in compressive skin stresses.The installation detailing shall be such that the
panels remain flat regardless of temperature change and at all times remain air and
water tight.
- The finish side of the panel shall have a removable plastic film applied prior to
fabrication, which shall remain on the panel during fabrication, shipping, and erection to
protect the surface from damage. Remove masking as soon as possible after
installation.

4.7. System type

- Rout and Return Wet: System must provide a wet seal (caulked) reveal jpoint as
detailed on drawings. The sealant type shall be as specified in Section 07 92 00 and
with foamed type backer rod as indicated or specified.
- Rout and Return Dry: System must provide a perimeter aluminium extrusion with
integral weather-stripping as detailed on the drawings. No field sealant required in
joints unless speciafically noted on drawings.

4.8. System Performances

- Composite panels shall be capable of withstanding building movements and


weather exposures based on the following test standards required by the Architect
and/or local building code.

a. Wind Load – If system tests are not available, under the direction of an tests
independent “third party laboratory”,mock-ups shall be constructed and
performed to show compliance to the following minimum standards:

i. Panels shall be designed to withstand the design wind load based upon
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

the local building code but in no case less than 20 pounds per square foot
(psf) and 30 psf on parapet and corner panels. Wind load testing shall be
conducted in accordance with ASTM E330 to obtain the following results.
ii. Normal to the plane of the wall between supports, deflection of the
secured perimeter framing members shall not exceed L/175 or 3/4”
whichever is less

iii. Normal to the plane of the wall, the maximum panel deflection shall not
exceed L/60 of the full span
iv. Maximum anchor deflection shall not exceed 1/16". At 1 1/2 times design
pressure, permanent deflections of framing members shall not exceed
l/100 of span length and components shall not experience failure or gross
permanent distortion. At connection points of framing members to
anchors, permanent set shall not exceed 1/16".

b. Air/Water System Test – If system tests are not available, under the direction
of an independent third-party laboratory, mockups shall be constructed and
tests performed to show compliance to the following minimum standards:

i. Air Infiltration – When tested in accordance with ASTM E283, air


infiltration at 1.57 psf must not exceed 0.06 cubic feet per minute per
square foot of wall area.
ii. Water Infiltration – Water infiltration is defined as uncontrolled water
leakage through the exterior face of the assembly. Systems not using a
construction sealant at the panel joints (i.e., Dry Systems) shall be
designed to drain any water leakage occurring at the joints. No water
infiltration shall occur in any system under a differential static pressure of
6.24 psf after 15 minutes of exposure in accordance with ASTM E331.

4.9. Accessories

4.9.1. Extrutions, formed members, sheet and plate according to manufacture.


4.9.2. Panel stiffener, if required, shall be structurally fastened or restrained at the ends
and shall be secured to the rear face of the composite panel with silicon of
sufficient size and strength to maintain panel flatness. Stifener material and/or
finish shall be compatible with silicone.
4.9.3. Sealants and gaskets within the panel system shall be as per manufacturer’s
standards to meet performance requirements.
4.9.4. Fabricate flashing materials min.thickness 0,76mm aluminium sheet painted to
match the adjacent curtain wall/panel system where exposed. Provide a lap
strap under the flashing at abutted conditions and seal lapped surfaces with a
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

full bed of non-hardening sealant.


4.9.5. Fasteners (concealed, exposed and non-corrosive) as recommended by panel
manufactuirer. Do not expose fastener except where un avoidable and indicated
as drawings. Match finish of adjoining metal.

5.0. Joint Sealants

Refer to Specification 07 92 00.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

5.1.1. Surfaces to receive panels shall be even, smooth, sound, clean, dry and free
From defects detrimental to work. Notify contractor in writing of conditions
detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with
erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

5.1.2. Surfaces to receive panels shall be structurally sound as determined by a


registered engineer.

5.2. Installation

5.2.1. Erect panels plumb in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements and


approved shop drawings, plumb, level and true.

5.2.2. Attachment system shall allow for the free vertical and horizontal thermal
movement due to expansion and contraction for a material temperature
range of -20ºF (-29ºC) to +180ºF (+82ºC). Buckling of panels, opening of
joints, undue stress on fasteners, failure of sealants or any other detrimental
effects due to thermal movement are not permitted. Fabrication, assembly
and erection procedure shall account for the ambient temperature at the
time of the respective operation.

5.2.3. Panels shall be erected in accordance with an approved set of shop


drawings.

5.2.4. Anchor panels securely per engineering recommendations and in


accordance with approved shop drawings to allow for necessary thermal
movement and structural support.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2.5. Conform to panel fabricator's instructions for installation of concealed


fasteners.

5.2.6. Do not install component parts that are observed to be defective, including
warped, bowed, dented, scraped and broken members.

5.2.7. Do not cut, trim, weld or scrape component parts during erection in a manner
that would damage the finish, decrease strength or result in a visual
imperfection or a failure in performance. Return component parts that require
alteration to shop for re fabrication, or for replacement with new parts.

5.2.8. Separate dissimiliar metals and use gasket fasteners where needed to
eliminate the possibility of corrosive or electrolytic action between metals.

5.3. Adjusting and Cleaning

5.3.1. Remove and replace panels damaged beyond repair as a direct result of the
panel installation.
5.3.2. Repair panels with minor damage as acceptable to the architect.
5.3.3. Remove masking (if used) as soon as possible after installation.
5.3.4. Ensure weep holes and drainage channels are unobstructed and free of dirt
and sealants.

5.4. Protection

Protection system from damage, staining, or soiling after installation. Replace


components which have been scratched, dented, or otherwise showing signs of
damage or improper installation.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 42 43
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Aluminium-Faced Composite Wall Panels
REVISION :A PAGE : 9 of 9
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 60 00

FLASHING AND SHEET METAL

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall cover the furnishing and installation of all flashing and sheet metals, including rain
gutters, leaders and other accessories as indicated or shown in the Drawings or hereinafter
specified.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard of Manufacture

2. Related Section:

- Thermal and Moisture Protection:

· 07 41 13 – Metal Roof Panel


. 07 92 00 – Joint Sealant

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Sample and Technical Data.

Sample and technical data of proposed materials to be used for this work shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to delivery. Technical data shall include
manufacturer's installation instruction and requirements for cleaning and protection.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

Shop Drawings shall clearly indicated dimensioning layout, general construction details
including closures, flashing, locations and types of sealants, anchors, and method of
anchorage.

PROJECT NAME : Kampung Lugu Housing Brunei DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 20201 SECTION NO : 07 60 00
DATE : January 2020 TITLE : Flashing and Sheet Metal
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.3. Handling and Storage.

Immediately after delivery, all materials shall be properly stacked in a clean dry place and
protected from damage or abrasion prior to and after installation.

3.4. Quality Assurance.

Design system to allow movement of components without causing buckling, failure of join
seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects, when subject to 100 year
seasonal temperature.

3.5. Warranty.

Provide for correcting failure of metal flashing system and the related work to resist
penetration of water. Warranty period shall be five years.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Flashing

4.1.1. Metal Sheet.

Longitudinal flashing and capping, transverse flashing and capping, flashing around
roof or wall protrusions, flashing around wall openings others as required, shall be
made from zinc/aluminium alloy coated metal having 5500kg/cm² minimum yield
strength and 150gr/m² minimum coating mass (AZ 150) complying with AS 1397,
such as Colorbond Sheet by BlueScope Steel Indonesia in a matching colour with
the adjacent sheet, or from aluminium-zinc alloy coated steel sheet of minimum
nominal thickness 0.5mm, such as Zincalume or Galvalume.

4.1.2. Flexible Sheet.

Flexible sheet for flashing shall be made of refinery bitumen with rubber adhesive
resin, coated with aluminium sheet to withstand UV and climate changes and can
adhere to every kind of substrates such as concrete, fiberglass, metal, plastic, timber,
glass, clay and others, such as Ritoband or Evo-Stik or approved equal.
Thickness, width and length of flexible sheet shall be according to the standard of
the manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Kampung Lugu Housing Brunei DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 20201 SECTION NO : 07 60 00
DATE : January 2020 TITLE : Flashing and Sheet Metal
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2. Rain Gutter

Rain gutter shall be pre-fabricated from pre-painted steel sheet of 0.5mm in thickness,
such as Colorbond Sheet by BlueScope Steel Indonesia or from aluminium-zinc alloy
coated steel sheet of 0.5mm in thickness, such as Zincalume or Galvalume, in sizes and
forms as shown and indicated in the Drawings.

4.3. Rain Leader

Rain leader shall be of PVC pipes of 5kg/cm² complying with JIS K 6741, such as by Pralon,
Vinilon or Rucika. PVC pipe fittings such as elbow, tee, outlets, adapters and others as
shown in the Drawings, shall comply with JIS K 6739.
All PVC pipes and fittings shall be suitable for solvent cement jointing.

4.4. Roof Strainers/Drains

Roof strainers/drains of dome grate type shall be made of cast-iron material in sizes as
indicated in the Drawing or as required, such as manufactured by Sanwell Austindo or
approved equal.

4.5. Adhesive

Adhesive for solvent cement jointing of rain leader (downspout) connection shall be as
recommended by the PVC manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.

4.6. Rain Gutter Hook

Rain gutter hook shall be made from galvanized steel stripe in thickness and size suitable
with the gutter sizes, except otherwise indicated in the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.

4.7. Fasteners

Fasteners shall be stainless steel, aluminium, or other type as proposed by the Contractor
and approved by the Engineer.

PROJECT NAME : Kampung Lugu Housing Brunei DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 20201 SECTION NO : 07 60 00
DATE : January 2020 TITLE : Flashing and Sheet Metal
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Fabrication.

5.1.1. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects
detrimental to appearance or performance.

5.1.2. Prefabricate corners and tees of parapets, provide 200mm long laps splices under
joints, with full bed of concealed sealant at splices.

5.1.3. Fabricate flashing and sheet metal in accordance with SMACNA requirements.
Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams, tine edges to be
seamed, form seams, and solder.

5.1.4. Form sections in maximum 300cm length, and allowance for expansion at joints. Form
expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, minimum 25mm deep, filled with
concealed sealant in joints.

5.1.5. Hem exposed edges on underside 12mm.

5.2. Installations.

5.2.1. Install flashing and sheet metal in accordance with SMACNA.

5.2.2. Exercise care when cutting materials on site, to ensure cuttings do not remain on
finished surfaces.

5.2.3. Provide expansion joints concealed within system. Provide hidden splice at joints of
flashing and parapet caps. Lap minimum 200mm each side of splice and bed in
roofing cement.

5.2.4. Use concealed fasteners, continuous clean type, except where specifically
approved by the Engineer. Exposed fasteners may be used, where clearly indicated
in the Shop Drawings and approved by the Engineer, at areas not exposed at
exterior walls nor in sight of interior spaces.

5.2.5. Apply sealing compound at junction of metal flashing and felt flashing.

5.2.6. Lock seams and end joints, fit flashing tight in place, make corners square, surfaces
true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles.

PROJECT NAME : Kampung Lugu Housing Brunei DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 20201 SECTION NO : 07 60 00
DATE : January 2020 TITLE : Flashing and Sheet Metal
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2.7. Install molded EPDM flashing with draw band collars with sealant between
penetrating member and flashing.

5.2.8. Install reglets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for


weathertight installation.

5.2.9. Flexible flashing shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s instruction


installation.

5.2.10. Completed installation shall be free of rattles, noise due to thermal and air
movement, and wind whistles.

5.3. Gutters.

5.3.1. All rain gutters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instruction, the Contract Drawings and the approved Shop Drawings.

5.3.2. Rain gutters shall be stiffened and supported by several hooks at a minimum
distance and at every gutter joint as recommended by the gutter manufacturer.

5.4. Leaders.

5.4.1. Rain leader's diameter shall be of size and be spaced at the interval as shown or as
required.

5.4.2. Rain leaders shall be provided with roof strainers/drains and other fittings such as
knees, outlets and adapters as shown in the Drawings or as required and as
appropriate to each case.

5.4.3. Joint connection between gutters or leaders shall be done with an approved
adhesive.

5.4.4. Sealant/caulking shall be applied to the joint between gutters and leaders.
Sealant/caulking shall comply with the Specification 07 92 00.

5.4.5. Rain leaders shall be securely attached to either the sidings or walls with bolted
straps/supports at adequate intervals.

5.4.6. Rain leaders shall also be hanged to the structure frame using galvanized steel
stripe in an approved manner.

PROJECT NAME : Kampung Lugu Housing Brunei DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 20201 SECTION NO : 07 60 00
DATE : January 2020 TITLE : Flashing and Sheet Metal
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

07 92 00

JOINT SEALANT

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall consist of caulking, pointing and sealing of joints, sundry apertures and exterior
sills, thresholds and like conditions as required and/or as specified herein.
The work shall include but not be limited to the followings :

1. Concrete facade
2. Curtain wall / window
3. Structural glazing
4. PVC / UPVC (Window Installation
5. Aluminum - concrete
6. Metal - metal
7. Sanitary
8. Embedded glass

All tools and accessories required for application.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard of Manufacture

2. Related Section:

- Thermal and Moisture Protection:

· 07 42 43 – Aluminium-Faced Composites Wall Panels

- Openings:

∙ 08 11 00 Fire Door and Frames


∙ 08 11 13 Steel Doors and Frames
∙ 08 11 16 Aluminium Door and Frames
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 92 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Joint Sealant
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

∙ 08 14 00 Interior Wood Doors and Frames


∙ 08 41 26 Glass Entrance Doors
∙ 08 55 13 Aluminium Window and Frames

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Sample and Technical/Product Data

Sample and technical data of all specified caulking and sealing compounds intended for
use on buildings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to delivery.

3.2. Handling and Storage

All materials shall be delivered to the site in unbroken containers bearing manufacturer's
labels, and shall be stored in a clean dry lockable place, under a tarp to protect from oil,
dirt, sunlight (at temperature +5oC and +25oC) and shall be protected from damage and
adverse atmospheric conditions.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General.

4.1.1. Caulking compound shall be designed weatherability appropriate to prevailing


local conditions that enables it to retain original design properties after
prolonged periods of exposure.
Elongation, tensile strength, hardness and adhesion shall not change
significantly with ageing or exposure to weather.

4.1..2. Material selected shall have proven ability to withstand the conditions prevailing
at the site and written documentation shall be made available by manufacturer
to the Engineer before selection.

4.2. Structural Type.

Caulking and sealing for part of buildings of structural type shall be a product made of
silicone sealant of special formula that makes it capable to withstand structural load
such as wind, movement capability (ASTM C 920) ±25%, elongation at break 350%
approx, and can be applied on every kind of material, such as Sikasil SG-18 or approval

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 92 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Joint Sealant
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

equal.

4.3. Curtain Wall/Windows

Shall be silicone sealant, movement capability ±50%, elongation at break 700%


approx,such as Sikasil WS -305CN or approved equal.

4.4. Concrete Facade

Shall be Polyurethane sealant, movement capability 25%, elongation at break 400%,


such as SikaHyflex -140 Facade, or approval equal.

4.5. Aluminium-Concrete

Shall be Polyurethane sealant, movement capability 20%, elongation at break 550%,


such as Sikaflex Connection, or approval equal.

4.6. Metal-metal

Shall be Silane Terminate Polymer sealant, Tensile Strength ±1,6N/mm2, elongation at


break 400%, such as Sikabond AT Metal, or approval equal.

4.7. Natural Stone

Shall be Silicone sealant, movement capability 50%, elongation at break 800%, such as
Sikasil WS -355 (non Staining), or approval equal.

4.8. Sanitary

Shall be Silicone sealant, movement capability 20%, elongation at break 300%, such as
Sikasil III MP, or approval equal.

4.9. Embedded Glass

Shall be Polyurethane Resin sealant, Tensile Strength 11N/mm2 approximity, Tensile


Lap Shear STrength 9N/mm2 approx, elongation at break 9%, such as SikaGlaze GG-
735, or approval equal.

5.0. Accessories

Backer Rod with suitable size for the joint, such as Sika Backer Rod (Fire Rated) or
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 92 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Joint Sealant
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

approval equal.

5. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

5.3.1. Examine surfaces for conditions that would adversely affect execution. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions area corrected. Beginning of execution
will constitute acceptable of existing condition.

5.3.2. Substrates must be dry and clean from any liquid such as oil, grease, or any
coating which may hinder the adhesion.

5.3.3. Cleaning preferably using brush and/or vacuum

5.4. Substrate Preparation

5.4.1. Surface of the substrate shall be dry, clean, and free from any other loose
material, oil, grease or any coating which may hinder the adhesion to the
substrate.

5.4.2. All surfaces shall be inspected and approved by the supervisor prior to
application

5.5. Installation

Sealant shall be applied in the most continuous sequence practicable for the existing
joints on the building. A positive pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint
width shall be employed. Tool or strike sealant with light pressure to spread the material
against the back-up material and joint surfaces.
The sealed joint shall not be disturbed for at least 48 hours. Excess sealant on porous
surfaces shall be allowed to cure and then be removed by abrasion or other mechanical
means.

5.5.1. Foil Pack Sealant

- Masking tape may be used where exact joint line or exceptionally neat lines
are required.
- Insert backing rod to the required depth.
- Apply primer if necessary.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION
PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 92 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Joint Sealant
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Insert foil pack into sealant gun.


- Extrude sealant into joint (make sure that is in full contact with the side of the
joint and avoids any air entrapment).
- Use spatula to neat the sealant and use the tooling agent.
- Remove the masking tape within the skin time.

5.5.2. Cartridge Pack Sealant

- Masking tape may be used where exact joint line or exceptionally neat lines
are required.
- Insert backing rod to the required depth.
- Apply primer if necessary.Insert cartridge into sealant gun.
- Extrude sealant into joint (make sure that is in full contact with the side of the
joint and avoids any air entrapment).
- Use spatula to neat the sealant and use the tooling agent.-
- Remove the masking tape within the skin time.

5.5.3. Embedded Glass (2 component)

- Stir the component A (resin) before use.


- Add component B (hardener) to component A.
- Stir constantly until a homogeneous mixture is obtained.
- Apply the mixture before reaching half of the pot life.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : THERMAL/MOISTURE PROTECTION


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 07 92 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Joint Sealant
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
DIVISION 8
OPENING
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

08 11 00

BULLET PROOF DOORS AND FRAMES

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.

The work shall cover the furnishing of materials, labour, tools, equipment, fabrication and
installation of Bullet Proof Door and frame as shown in the Drawings or as specified herein.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS.

2.1. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-1729-2002 - Tata Cara Perencanaan Bangunan Baja untuk Gedung.

2.2. European Standard EN-179 (Emergency Escape)

2.3. Fire Protection EI-30

2.4. Intrusion Protection RC-3

2.5. Bullet Proof Resistant BR-4 NS

2.6. Standard of the Manufacturer.

2.7. Related Specifications:

- 08 71 00 - Door Hardware.

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES.

3.1. Samples and Technical Data.

Sample and technical data of proposed materials herein specified, shall be submitted to
the Project Manager for approval prior to delivery and fabrication.
Technical data shall be completed with mill certificate.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Steel Doors and Frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Shop Drawings.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings showing details of various
parts, method of suspension, dimensions and any other required details to the Project
Manager for review and approval.

3.3. Handling and Storage.

Doors and frames shall be delivered in a package to prevent damage due to handling or
weather. All parts of frame shall be packaged together. Each door shall be packaged
individually.
Immediately after delivery, doors and frames shall be properly stacked and protected
prior to and after installation.

3.4. Identification.

Each door and frame assembly shall be marked with the appropriate door number which
shall be die-stamped on the hinge jamb of frames and on the hinge edge of doors near
the top hinge, and legible in the completed installation.

3.5. Hardware.

The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval a comprehensive
schedule of proposed hardware listing by each door and frame, using door numbers,
clearly indicating manufacturer, catalogue number, design or pattern, material and finish
for each item of hardware. Hardware samples shall be submitted to the Project
Manager for approval, as specified in Specification 08700.

4.0 MATERIALS.

4.1. Doors and Frames.

Steel door and frame shall be constructed from steel material complying with
European Standard Bullet Proof Resistant BR-4 NS, and shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's standard, , and shall consist of the following materials:

- Frames shall have form/shape and sizes according to the standard of the
manufacturer, with minimum Mild Steel thickness of 4mm.
- The door leaf must be reinforced and must be provided with 120kg / m3 Mineral
Wool Insulation or polyurethane to withstand heat propagation according to the
standard of the door manufacturer.
- Kevlar Board 12mm thk complay to Bullet Proof Resistant BR-4NS

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Steel Doors and Frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Bullet Proof doors with 55mm thickness with a shape according to the
manufacturer's standards with a minimum thickness according to the
manufacturer's standards, and pass the test according to Bullet Proof Resistant
BR-4 NS

Steel door and frame shall be constructed and fabricated in accordance with the
design and dimension as indicated in the Drawings and shall be pre-painted in the
factory in colour as specified.

4.2. Hardware.

All locks and fittings shall be corrosion proof, provided by one manufacturer, and shall
be in accordance with Specification 08 71 00.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. Fabrication.

5.1.1. Door Panel

- Doors shall be nominally 55mm thick, formed of two panels of Mild Steel
minimum 4mm thick, full flush to both faces of the frame, with seamless
faces and bevelled vertical edges. Seams or vertical edges shall be welded
continuous full length. Top and bottom edge seams shall be spot welded or
continuous welded.
All welding work shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
AWS D1.1.
- Internal stiffeners shall be spaced as manufacturer's standard and
according to the approved Shop Drawings.
- Adequate plate reinforcement shall be provided for hinges, lock boxes
and other surface hardware.
- Vision panel openings for glass lights in doors, if shown in the Drawings,
shall have Standard EN 1063/CEN 1063 Security Glazing Standard BR-4,
with Tepper to Bullet Ricochet From Krakataw Steel KWS 500 or
Minimum ST 40, 20mm thk Cover Stainless steel Finish or Equal
- Structural Neutral Silicont Sealant
- Where external doors have openings for glass panels, fixed glass stops
shall be on outside door face.
- Double door shall be equipped with T shaped astragal made of
aluminium.

5.1.2. Frames.

- Frames for doors shall be made of Mild Steel 4mm thick steel in profile as
specified by the manufacturer and as indicated in the approved Shop
Drawings. Frame shown fastened to the structure by means of exposed
bolts shall have anchors fabricated to detail.
Frames not otherwise shown shall have anchors fabricated to standard
pattern for the wall construction as indicated.
- Adequate plate reinforcement shall be provided for hardware.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Steel Doors and Frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2. Installation.

5.2.1. Frames shall be aligned parallel to the wall, vertical members shall be plumbed
in two directions and horizontal head members shall be levelled.
Frame anchors shall be built-in and fastened rigidly to the wall.

5.2.2. Welded unit frames shall have removable temporary spreaders fitted so that
the spreaders may be easily removed after installation of the frames.

5.2.3. Doors and hardware shall be installed and adjusted to operate smoothly and
freely without binding, sticking or excessive clearance. Openings for glass lights
shall be left ready for glazing.

5.2.4. Gaps between frames and wall openings shall be sealed with joint sealant
complying with the requirements of Specification 07 92 00.

5.3. Painting.

5.3.1. All internal doors, door frames and reinforcing plates shall be shot blasted and
thoroughly cleaned before treatment and shall be rust-proofed by zinc
phosphate primer.

5.3.2. The outer part of steel doors and frames shall be finish painted in powder
coating in colour as specified by Colour Scheme or as directed by the Project
Manager.
Painting work shall be carried out at the factory in oven baked system.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Steel Doors and Frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

08 11 16

ALUMINIUM DOORS

1.0 DESCRIPTIONOF WORK

The work shall cover the provision and installation of aluminium doors, windows including
louvers, and frames as shown in the Drawings or as specified herein, including labour
supervision, materials, equipment and incidentals required and necessary to complete the
system.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. StandarNasionalIndonesia (SNI):

- SNI 07-0603-1989 - ProdukAluminiumEkstrusiuntukArsitektur.

2.2. AmericanSocietyfor Testingand Materials(ASTM):

- ASTM B221M - Specification for Aluminium-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,


Wire, Shapes and Tubes.

2.3. Standar Manufaktur

2.4. RelatedSpecifications:

- 08 71 00 - Finish Hardware.
- 08 80 00 - Glassand Glazing.

3.0 GENERALPROCEDURES

3.1. Samplesand Technical Data

3.1.1. Samples of unit frame profiles and glass, 210mm x 297mm size, shall be
submitted to the Project Manager for approval prior to fabrication of
units. Sample acceptance will be for profile, anodizing, colour and finishing,

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

appearance and glazing detail only. Compliance with other requirements is


the responsibility of the Contractor

3.1.2. Submit samples for specified finishes. Submit samples finished on the proposed
alloy on 300mm lengths of extrusions or 300mm square of sheet or
plate, showing maximum range or variation in texture, gloss, colour and shade.
Sample submittaland acceptanceshall be for colour, textureand spiculargloss.

3.1.3. Cost of samples and testing shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

3.2. Inspection and Testing

Samples of the aluminium products shall be tested in a laboratory designated by


the ProjectManager.
This shall includethe test for:
- Coat thickness.
- Staining.
- Weight.
- Corrosion.

3.3. Shop Drawings

3.3.1. Shop Drawings which shall include all detailing, framing, fastening and anchoring
system of the work, shall be prepared by the Contractor and shall be submitted
to the Project Managerfor approval priorto installation.

3.3.2. All dimensions shall be verified on the field and shall be shown in the Shop
Drawings.

3.3.3. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancy on the dimensions
and final fitting of all parts of the work, coordination with other work, and all
necessary work to accommodate the work covered in this section, so as to
achieve the intentionsof the design.

3.4. Handling and Storage

3.4.1. Aluminium work and fittings shall be supplied in accordance with the Drawings,
free from twists, bucklesand defects.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.4.2. Immediately after delivery, aluminium work and fittings shall be properly stacked
in a clean dry place and protected from damage or abrasion prior to and after
installation.
All items shall be kept clean and free from droppings of mortar, plaster, paint
and others.

3.5. Warranty

The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written warranty covering the
satisfactory installation, operation and condition of all aluminium works as specified
herein for a period of one year after the date of final acceptance. During this period the
Contractor shallrepair or replaceany defectivework at his expense.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. Aluminium

4.1.1. Unless otherwise specified, all aluminium works of profile to be used for doors
and frames shall be extruded aluminium alloy 6063, Temper T5 or T6,
min.thickness 1,35mm with powder-coated, min. 80micron (Standard
AAMA 2604 for Exterior), min.60micron (Standard AAMA 2603 for interior),
powder- coated finish in colour by manufacture ex. Jotun Super Durable or
approved equal, and shall conform to SNI 07- 0603- 1989 and ASTM B 221
M, such as YKK, Allure, Lixil or approved equal.

4.1.2. Unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings, thickness of all pre- fabricated
profiles shall be 1.35mm minimum, with shape and dimension as shown in the
Drawings.
Dimension of profiles can change depending on the types of profile approved
by the ProjectManager.

4.1.3. Exposed surfaces of aluminium shall be free of die marks, scratches, blisters,
"leave-off"marks, or other blemisheswhich are visible.

4.2. Fastenersand Accessories

4.2.1. Fasteners shall be stainless steel, AISI type 300 series, selected to prevent
galvanic action between fasteners and components fastened. Where exposed
in finished surfaces, use oval-head countersunk head screws with shank
diameter one size smaller than the diameter of holes in fastened material, and
colour to matchadjacent surfaces.

4.2.2. Anchorsshall be AISI type 300 stainlesssteel.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.3. Glass and Glazing

4.3.1. Glass for aluminium doors and windows shall be in accordance with
Specification 08 80 00.

4.3.2. Neoprene/gasket for glazing of aluminium works shall be in accordance with


Specification 08 80 00.

4.4. Caulkingand Sealing

Caulking and sealing materials for covering screws and filling gaps shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Specification 07 90 00.

4.5. Finish Hardware

All locks and fittings shall be as indicated in the Drawings and in accordance with
Specification 08 71 00.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

5.1.1. All aluminium profiles to be used shall have been carefully selected, having
uniformityin colour, dimensionand alignmentand be free from any defect.
All profiles shall be approved by the Project
Manager.

5.1.2. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall check the Drawings and
the site condition and shall prepare Shop Drawings that are made based on
the dimensionand conditionon site.
No work shall commence on fabrication or erection until the Shop Drawings
submittedby the Contractor have been approvedby the Project Manager.

5.1.3. The Contractor shall make a mock- up of each joint and each connection
of aluminiumto other construction systemof other material.

5.1.4. Assembly, setting and connecting of aluminium profiles shall be carried


out according to the manufacturer's instruction, the Drawings and the
approved Shop Drawings.

5.1.5. Ensure that anchors and inserts, installed by others, are adequate to meet
specified requirements. Make adequate adaptations before installation if
required.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2. Fabrication

5.2.1. All components shall be accurately manufactured and assembled to the


correct shape and size as set forth in the Drawings and the approved Shop
Drawings, and be fitted in locationsshown thereon.

5.2.2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the sound construction of the
components.
Where joints are not detailed in the Drawings, they shall be positioned and
constructed so that they will transmit the loads and resist the stresses to
which they will be subjected.
All components shall be true to the
pattern.

5.2.3. All cuttingand drillingshall be done beforeanodizing.


In the state of necessity and unless otherwise determined by the Project
Manager, cutting of aluminium profiles on site shall be carried out in a manner
so as not to make any damageto its surface.

5.2.4. End of profile shall be strongly and accurately connected by using anti-
rust fastenersas recommended by the manufacturer of aluminiumprofiles.
Welding shall be neatly done so as to get a good shape and the best quality
of installation.

5.2.5. All fasteningsshall be concealed, unlessotherwiserequired.


All joints shall be flush- joints to get a neat line and waterproof
joints.

5.2.6. Ensure that glazing rebate is provided with depth and width to accommodate
specified glass in accordance with glass manufacturer's
recommendations. Installglazinggasketsanchoredto aluminiumextrusions.

5.2.7. Framemembersshall be as follows:

-Fabricate generally to dimensions and profiles indicated in the Drawings


and to meet specified requirements. Maintain sight lines indicated
and clearances to other construction components.
- Provide glass setting, supports and stops to minimize possibility of
glass breakage caused by structural inadequacy of frames and as
recommended by glass manufacturer.
5.2.8. Assemblyof units shallbe as follows:

- Joinmembers by welding.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Conceal welding where required so as not to produce any bloom effect


on finishedsurface.
- Test welds to meet specifiedrequirements of AWSfor aluminiumworks.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 08 11 16
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Alumunium Door
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

SECTION

08 14 00

INTERIOR WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK.

The work shall cover the provision and installation of wood doors and frames, including wood
reveals and frames to windows and wood louvers, as shown in the Drawings or as specified
herein, including labour supervision, materials, equipment and incidentals required and
necessary to complete the system.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS.

2.1. Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

. SNI 7973-2013 – Spesifikasi Desain untuk Konstruksi Kayu

2.2. Related Specifications:

 08 71 00 – Door Hardware

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES.

3.1. Samples.

Samples of sections and finishes which shall include proposed types of wood
doors/windows and frames, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to
delivery.
Cost of samples shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

Shop Drawings are required to show fabrication details, glass openings, and notes on
materials and finish.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

3.3. Handling and Storage.

3.3.1. Wood work and fittings shall be supplied in the manufacturer's original
unopened protective packages, clearly identified, and shall be stored in an
area where temperature and humidity will not vary greatly.

3.3.2. Immediately after delivery, wood work and fittings shall be properly stacked in a
clean dry place where temperature and humidity will not vary greatly, and shall
be handled carefully to avoid damage to faces and edges.

4.0. MATERIALS.

4.1. General.

4.1.1 All doors leave, frames and other wood works shall be pre fitted, pre machined
for hardware and prefinished at the factory. Give the manufacturer sample
notice for fabrication.
4.1.2 Engineering wood that recommended such as from Sampoerna Kayoe,
Bogowonto, or approved equal.

4.2. Doors.

4.2.1. Door Frames.

 Door frames for external and internal shall be use Engineering Wood, with
veneer semigloss finish and natural system.
 Wood shall have durability of class I and strength of class II complying with
SNI 7973-2013s

4.2.2. Flush Door Construction.

a. Internal Frame.

 Door frames for external and internal shall be use Engineering Wood,
with Veneer semigloss finish and natural system.
 Internal frames in hollow and solid core construction shall be nominally
100mm wide x 30mm deep giving an overall thickness of door leaf of
nominally 45mm with acoustic insulation system.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

b. Core Construction.

 Core construction for general internal doors shall be honeycomb


paper thickness 30mm, frame solid wood finger joint or High Moisture
resistant board (HMR) or according to the standard of the approved
manufacturer.

 Core construction for external doors shall be solid core made of


particle board or mineral composition or staved lumber or according to
the standard of the approved manufacturer.

 Refer to the drawings for locations of other required solid core doors.

4.2.3. Rail and Stile Door Construction.

a. Rails and Stiles.

 Rails and stiles of engineering type for general internal doors shall be
constructed from multi-layered wood or Meranti core, and wood
lipping, covered/laminated with 2mm thick veneer of teak wood.

 Rails and stiles of solid type for public area such as conference room,
public assembly room, public supporting facilities shall be constructed
of solid Meranti, covered/ laminated with 2mm thick veneer of teak
wood.

b. Panels.

 Panel of engineering type shall be constructed of multi-layered wood


or particle board covered/laminated with 0.5mm thick veneer of teak
wood.

4.3. Finish Hardware.

All locks and fittings for wood doors and windows shall be as indicated in the Drawings
and in accordance with Specification 08 71 00, such as:

- Concealed hinges
- Lock case
- Concealed door closer
- Flush bolt threshold plate
- Door gasket
- Custom push/pull handle

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. General.

5.1.1. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall check the Drawings and
the site condition and shall prepare Shop Drawings which are made based on
the dimension and condition on site.
No work shall commence on fabrication or erection until the Shop Drawings
submitted by the Contractor have been approved by the Engineer.

5.1.2. All wood works to be used shall have been carefully selected, having
uniformity in colour, dimension and alignment and be free from any defect.

5.1.3. All timber work shall be primed painted before leaving the factory.

5.1.4. All wood doors shall be delivered to the site complete with hinges, hardware,
frame and others.
All hinges and hardware shall refer to Technical Specification section 08 71
00.

5.1.5. All wood doors shall be accurately manufactured and assembled to the
correct shape and size as set forth in the Drawings and the approved Shop
Drawings, and be fitted in locations shown thereon. Door frames shall be
butt-jointed and shall not use miter joint.

5.2. Examination.

5.2.1. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door:

 Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size,
location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb
jambs and level heads.
 Reject doors with defects.

5.2.2. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.

5.3. Installation.

5.3.1. All doors shall be installed complying with manufacturer's instructions and
referenced quality standard and as indicated in the Drawings.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

5.3.2. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated
in the approved Shop Drawings. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits
set by manufacturer. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after
fitting and machining.

5.3.3. Type of hardware and installation shall be as specified in Specification 08 71


00.

5.3.4. After installation, the surface of door shall be aligned, straight and fine with
uniform colour and there shall be no discoloration and defect on any part.

5.3.5. All glass installation on doors and window sections shall be fitted out with
standard manufacturer's hardware and neoprene weatherstripping and
flashings.

5.4. Finishing.

All wood doors and frames shall be finished with Veneer, according to Architect Door
Windows Schedule.

5.5. Warranty.

The Contractor shall provide the Project Owner with a written warranty covering the
product delamination of engineering wood 10 year, and complete installation,
operation and condition of all doors, windows and others as specified in these
Specifications for a period of 1 year after the date of acceptance. During this period, the
Contractor is obliged to repair and replace damaged work at the Contractor's expense.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

SECTION

08 14 10

INTERIOR WOOD FIRE DOORS AND FRAMES

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK.

The work shall cover the provision and installation of wood doors and frames, including wood
reveals and frames to windows and wood louvers, as shown in the Drawings or as specified
herein, including labour supervision, materials, equipment and incidentals required and
necessary to complete the system.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS.

2.1. Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

. SNI 7973-2013 – Spesifikasi Desain untuk Konstruksi Kayu

2.2. Related Specifications:

 08 71 00 – Door Hardware

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES.

3.1. Samples.

Samples of sections and finishes which shall include proposed types of wood
doors/windows and frames, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to
delivery.
Cost of samples shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

Shop Drawings are required to show fabrication details, glass openings, and notes on
materials and finish.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 10
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Fire Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

3.3. Handling and Storage.

3.3.1. Wood work and fittings shall be supplied in the manufacturer's original
unopened protective packages, clearly identified, and shall be stored in an
area where temperature and humidity will not vary greatly.

3.3.2. Immediately after delivery, wood work and fittings shall be properly stacked in a
clean dry place where temperature and humidity will not vary greatly, and shall
be handled carefully to avoid damage to faces and edges.

4.0. MATERIALS.

4.1. General.

4.1.1 For all Areas except the bathroom as shown in the Working Drawings, the
frame for the door must be of Solid Wood fire rated which has gone through a
minimum 30 minute fire resistance test process and is certified.

4.1.2 Engineering wood that recommended such as from Sampoerna Kayoe,


Bogowonto, Ecolux or approved equal.


4.2. Finish Hardware.

All locks and fittings for wood doors and windows shall be as indicated in the Drawings
and in accordance with Specification 08 71 00, such as:

- Hinges
- Lock case
- Door closer

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. General.

5.1.1. Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall check the Drawings and
the site condition and shall prepare Shop Drawings which are made based on
the dimension and condition on site.
No work shall commence on fabrication or erection until the Shop Drawings
submitted by the Contractor have been approved by the Engineer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 10
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Fire Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

5.1.2. All wood works to be used shall have been carefully selected, having
uniformity in colour, dimension and alignment and be free from any defect.

5.1.3. All timber work shall be primed painted before leaving the factory.

5.1.4. All wood doors shall be delivered to the site complete with hinges, hardware,
frame and others.
All hinges and hardware shall refer to Technical Specification section 08 71
00.

5.1.5. All wood doors shall be accurately manufactured and assembled to the
correct shape and size as set forth in the Drawings and the approved Shop
Drawings, and be fitted in locations shown thereon. Door frames shall be
butt-jointed and shall not use miter joint.

5.2. Examination.

5.2.1. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door:

 Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size,
location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb
jambs and level heads.
 Reject doors with defects.

5.2.2. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.

5.3. Installation.

5.3.1. All doors shall be installed complying with manufacturer's instructions and
referenced quality standard and as indicated in the Drawings.

5.3.2. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated
in the approved Shop Drawings. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits
set by manufacturer. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after
fitting and machining.

5.3.3. Type of hardware and installation shall be as specified in Specification 08 71


00.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 10
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Fire Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For: Document Tender

5.3.4. After installation, the surface of door shall be aligned, straight and fine with
uniform colour and there shall be no discoloration and defect on any part.

5.3.5. All glass installation on doors and window sections shall be fitted out with
standard manufacturer's hardware and neoprene weatherstripping and
flashings.

5.4. Finishing.

All wood doors and frames shall be finished with Veneer, according to Architect Door
Windows Schedule.

5.5. Warranty.

The Contractor shall provide the Project Owner with a written warranty covering the
product delamination of engineering wood 10 year, and complete installation,
operation and condition of all doors, windows and others as specified in these
Specifications for a period of 1 year after the date of acceptance. During this period, the
Contractor is obliged to repair and replace damaged work at the Contractor's expense.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 14 10
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Fire Wood Doors/frames
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

08 71 00

DOOR HARDWARE

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall cover the furnishing and installation of all doors and necessary accessories as
indicated in the Drawings and as specified herein, but not to be limited to the following:

- Door panels.
- Hardware.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard of Manufacture

2. Related Section:

- Openings:

· 08 71 00 – Door Hardware
· 08 81 00 – Glass Glazing

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Sample and Technical/Product Data

3.1.1. Samples and technical data of proposed materials and components herein
specified, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to delivery.

3.1.2. Submit 3 copies of complete hardware schedule listing all door/window


numbers for each hardware set.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.1.3. Cost of providing samples shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

3.2. Handling and Storage

Hardware shall be delivered to the project site in the manufacturer's original package.
Each article of hardware shall be neatly wrapped and individually packed in a substantial
carton or other container, properly identifiable with the permanent hardware schedule,
and shall be stored under cover in a clean dry place, free from deleterious influences.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All materials specified herein shall be new and of first quality, free from any
defect, and the manufacturer having a proven record in this field of manufacturer.

4.1.2. All fittings shall be corrosion-proof in all locations where exposed to a relative
humidity of more than 70% .

4.1.3. Lock system shall be sufficiently broad in coverage and types available to
provide master-keying for communicating door locks, cabinet locks, utility
panelboard locks, padlocks and keyed switches.

4.1.4. Establish key system based upon specified requirements and per exact
requirements determined by the Engineer at the time after starting the work
under this contract.

4.1.5. Except as hereinafter specified, all hardware supplies shall be in accordance


with the types indicated below.

4.2. Hardware

4.2.1. Locksets

Locksets new door for Annex Office shall be similar or equal to Yale, Tessa,
Eco,Dorma or approval equal by Project Manager

All locksetsshallconsistof the following :

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Faceplate made of stainless steel or brass or steel with zinc plated, dead-
bolt made of brass or hardened steel saw resistant, latch-bolt made of brass
and striking plate made of stainless steel or brass, each shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer'sstandard.

For Security Door (according to the drawings) Reref to Raswin Security


Consultan .

4.2.2. Hinges

Except otherwise noted, hinges for all wood and aluminium doors shall be
made of steel with polished brass finish, in size according the drawings, such as
Yale,Tessa, Eco,Dorma or approved equal.

For Wood Door (according to the drawings) such as from Yale, Tessa,
Eco,Dormaor approval equal by Project Manager.

ForSecurity doors, hinge RefertomanufactureSecuritydoor(FullySistem).

4.2.3. Door Closers

All external doors and all doors leading to air conditioned rooms shall be
provided with door closer of "hold open arm" type such as Yale, Tessa, Eco,
Dorma or approvedequal,with size accordingto the door widthand weight.

For Wood Door (according to type drawings) such as from Yale, Tessa, Eco,
Dormaor approval equal by Project Manager.

For Steel Door (according to the drawings) such as from Yale, Tessa, Eco,
Dormaor approval equal by Project Manager.

4.2.4. Door Stop

Door stop to prevent the door from banging to the wall, shall be from rubber with
steel reinforcemet, such as Yale, Tessa, Eco,Dorma or approval equal.

For Wood Door and Frameless Door (according to the drawings) such as
from Yale, Tessa, Eco,Dormaor approval equal by Project Manager.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.2.5. Handle

Type of Handle whether handle on plate, pull handle on rose, or handle on


rose each with escutheon, shall be in accordance with type of door and as
shown in the drawings, such as from Yale, Tessa, Eco, Dorma, or approval
equal.

For Wood Door according to the drawings, such as Push Plate from Yale,
escutheon or approval equal by Project Manager.

For Temper Glass Pull Handle from Yale, Tessa, Eco, Dorma or approval
equal by Project Manager.

For Steel Door, according to the drawings, such as Lever Handle from Yale,
Tessa, Eco,Dormaor approval equal by Project Manager.

4.2.7. Digital Door Lock

Digital Door Lock for Main Door Unit/Service Apartment shall be made from
Aluminium (Al), Zinc (Zn), Polycarbonite (PC), Polycarbonite Acrylonitritle
Butadine Styrene (PCABS), completed with Secret Code(Pin), Smart Card
Key and touchpad, LED Light, Panic Release Handle Method, and with Alkaline
Battery (DC6Volt), such as Milre (Korea),

4.2.9. Finishes

Finishes of all hardware expose to view shall be as required and specified later.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General.

- Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings for approval prior to delivery and
construction.

- All fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written


instructions and be protected against damage and left in a clean and intact condition
at all times.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2. Installation

5.2.1. Lockset shall be installed with door pull/handle or latch at 1000mm above the
finish floor.

5.2.2. Top hinges for doors shall be installed with the center-line of hinge not more than
280mm below the top of door.
Bottom hinges shall be installed with the centerline of hinge not more than
330mm above the finish floor.
Intermediate hinges shall be installed with equal distance between the top and
bottom hinges.

Door closer shall be installed in accordance with the manuifacturers installation


on the inactive door leaf and the installation shall be accordance with
the ,manufacturers installation instruction

Locate panic exit device so that the door pull or handle of lock is 10000mm
above finish floor.

5.3. General Keying System

5.3.1. General.

General keying system shall cover all locksets requirements for needs of entire
project. Keying system shall be completely incompatible with permanent system.
Provide not less than 12 construction locks and 3 construction master key (CMK)
system each lock.
General keying system shall be for both present and future needs, for both on-
site and off-site locations, and for both work under this contract and other
contracts.
The Contractor shall provide a key control system, including labels, tags, card
index, permanent markers and standard metal cabinet as recommended by
system manufacturer.

5.3.2. Master Key (MK) Groups

Master key system shall be as necessary to meet requirements later establish.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3.3. Change Key (CK)

Provide 3 keys for each lockset. Each set of keys shall be tagged using approved
tags, and each tag shall be suitably identified to properly correlate with
respective lock.

5.3.4. Quantity of Keys

Quantity of keys shall be as follows :

· Grand Master Key (GMK) : 3 keys.


· Master Key (MK) : 3 keys for each MK group.
· Change Key (CK) : 3 keys for each lockset.

5.3.5. Supplementary Requirements.

Responsibility herein includes establishment of overall keying system, and


furnishing locks and keys to extent included under this section.
Incorporate allowance for and to integrate into locking/keying system as
necessary for various other specific systems of work as required.

5.4. Protection and Cleaning.

5.4.1. Protect doors, windows and frames from damage. Prior to completion, restore
damaged doors, windows and frames to original condition, or replace with new
ones.

5.4.2. Upon completion of installation, thoroughly clean door, window and frame
surfaces in accordance with manufacture's recommended procedure. Do not
use abrasive, caustic, or acid cleaning agents.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENINGS


PROJECT NO : 22225 SECTION NO : 08 71 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Door Hardware
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

08 81 00

GLASS AND GLAZING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall cover transportation, furnishing of manpower, equipment and tools
and the installation of all glass and glazing as shown in the Drawings and as specified
herein.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard Nasional Indonesiqa (SNI):

- SNI 15-0047-2005 - Kaca Lembaran.


- SNI 15-6353-2000 - Kaca Diperkuat Secara Panas untuk Produk Mebelair dan
Bangunan.

2. Standard of Manufacture

3. Related Section:

- General Requirements:

· 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements
· 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
· 01 65 00 - Product Delivery Requirements
· 01 66 00 - Product Storage and Handling

- Openings:

· 08 55 13 - Aluminium Windows and Frames

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data.

Samples in sufficient size and technical data of proposed materials and components
herein specified shall be submitted to the Project Manager, for approval prior to
delivery.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENING


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 08 81 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Glass and Glazing
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Handling and Storage.

Glass shall be neatly stored in a clean dry place and be protected from damage.
Sheets shall be separated by an approved material, placed to minimize stress on the
glass while in storage.
Sheets which have been delivered in a damp condition shall be separated and
dried before storage.Glass shall not be stored laid flat.

3.3. Warranty

Warranties specified in this Specification shall not deprive the Owner of other rights
the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in
addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under
requirements of the Contract Documents.

4.0. MATERIALS.

4.1. Bullet Proof Glass Resistant

Bullet Proof Glass Resistant complay with


- EN 1063/CEN 1063 Security Glazing Standard
- BR4 NS
Thickness and Accessories refer to Drawing

4.2. Clear Glass

Clear glass shall be selected clear float glass sheet which is flat and having uniform
thickness, free from any defect and from the best quality conforming to SNI 15-
0047-2005 and SNI 15-0130-1999, such as by Asahimas or approved equal.
Unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings, thickness shall be 8mm in minimum
with sizes as required and as indicated in the Drawings.

4.3. Elastomeric Sealant

Elastomeric sealant or other equal synthetic material complying with ASTM C 920
shall be used throughout, unless otherwise specified, for all glazing in metal/aluminium
frames.
Type and dimension of neoprene/gasket shall be made suitable for each
metal/aluminium frame.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENING


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 08 81 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Glass and Glazing
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.3.1. Glazing Tapes

Shall be preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape with a solid content of


100%, non-staining and non-migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces,
with or without spacer rod as recommended by tape and glass manufacturer
for application as indicated in the Drawings.

4.3.2 Glazing Gaskets

- Neoprene extrusions in size and shape as shown fabricated into frames


with moulded corner units and zipper lock strips shall comply with ASTM
C542, in black.
- Moulded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, shall comply
with standards referenced with name of elastomeric indicated below, and
of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:

· Neoprene, ASTM C864.


· EPDM, ASTM C864.
· Silicone, ASTM C1115.
· Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C1115.

- Extruded or moulded closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets of


material indicated below, complying with ASTM C509 and of profile and
hardness required to maintain watertight seal:

· Neoprene.
· EPDM.
· Silicone.
· Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber.

5.0. CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS

5.1. General.

5.1.1. Drawings only indicate approximate glass size. True sizes and proper edge
clearances shall be determined by field measuring the actual unit to receive
the glass, and by following glazing dimensions and instructions provided there
by.

5.1.2. Each glass sheet shall be clearly labelled and marked of type, thickness
and other data required. All labels shall to be removed after the Project
Manager's approval.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENING


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 08 81 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Glass and Glazing
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.1.3. All glass and glazing shall be installed in accordance with the m anufacturer's
installation instruction.

5.2. Environmental Conditions

5.2.1. Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature
conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials
manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain,
condensation, or other causes.

5.2.2. Install liquid sealant at ambient and substrate temperatures above 40F (4.4C).

. 5.3. Installation

5.3.1. Clearances and Cutting Tolerances

Clearances and cutting tolerances shall be as follows:

- Nominal face clearance between glass and frame shall be 3mm


- Nominal edge clearance between glass and frame shall be 6mm all around.
- Minimum rabbet depth shall be 16mm.
- Maximum cutting tolerances for all glass shall be + 3mm or - 1.5mm
- Gasket clearance, depending on the gasket used, an additional clearance
shall be set.

5.3.2. Preparation of Surface for Glazing.

Operative sashes shall move freely and properly in the frame of the unit prior
to glazing. Movable items shall be secured, fixed, or in a closed and locked
position until glazing compound has thoroughly set.
The surfaces of all rabbets shall be clean and dry and shall be primed with one
coat of primer as specified by the neoprene/gasketmanufacturer.
Prior to setting, glass surfaces to which neoprene/ gasket is to be applied
shall be clean of dust, moisture, slip sheet chemicals or shop coating applied
by the glass manufacturer.

5.3. Protection and Cleaning

5.3.1. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching
crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to
glass surface. Remove non-permanentlabels, and clean surfaces.

5.3.2. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting


from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENING


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 08 81 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Glass and Glazing
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass,


remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer.

5.3.3. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other
masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than
once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove
as recommended by glass manufacturer.

5.3.4. Chipped, cracked, abraded, broken and imperfect glass shall be replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner. Upon completion of the work, all glass surfaces
shall be thoroughly cleaned, with all labels, paint spots and other defacements
removed.

5.3.5. Care and caution shall be taken not to scratch glass surface. Washing down
shall be with mild soap or neutral detergent and water. Paraffin, turpentine,
petroleum or similar solvents may be used for removing persistent marks.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : OPENING


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 08 81 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Glass and Glazing
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
DIVISI0N 9
FINISING
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 29 00

GYPSUM BOARD

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.

This work shall cover the furnishing and installation of all gypsum boards and frames for the
work as indicated in the Drawings and/or hereinafter specified.
The work shall include but not be limited to the following:

- Metal framing to receive gypsum board products as finish.


- Concealed acoustical insulation, where shown in the Drawings.
- Joint treatment.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS.

2.1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

 ASTM C1396: Standard Specification for Gypsum Board


 ASTM C473: Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel
Products
 ASTM C475: Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board
 ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Board

2.2. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-6384-2000 – Spesifikasi Panel atau Papan Gipsum.

2.3. Related Section :

 Metal :

 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrikasi.

 Finishing :

 09 91 13 – Exterior Paint
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

 09 91 23 - Interior Paint

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES.

3.1. Samples and Product Data.

Samples and product data of materials to be used shall be submitted to the Project
Manager to be approved, prior to delivery to the site. Submit product certificates
signed by manufacturer of gypsum board assembly components certifying that their
products comply with specified requirements.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

Prior to installation, Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings to be


approved by the Project Manager.

Shop Drawings shall consist of type of materials, dimension, sizes, and quantity of
materials, detail of connection, detail of installation and other details to be required to
complete the installation.

3.3. Quality Assurance.

- Obtain metal framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single
manufacturer.
- Obtain each type of gypsum board from a single manufacturer.
- Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies
gypsum board or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer.
- Prepare field samples of at least 3m² in surface area for the following applications.
Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in-place unit of work :

· Ceiling surfaces indicated to receive paint finishes.


· Other surfaces indicated to receive paint finishes.

3.4. Handling and Storage.

3.3.1. Gypsum board shall be delivered to the site in original packages or bundles
bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer, immediately prior to
installing to reduce the risk of damage.

3.3.2. Gypsum board shall be stacked neatly flat to prevent sagging and supported
properly on strong level bearer spaced at 450mm centres, with end bearers
not more than 150mm from ends of stack.

3.3.3. Gypsum board shall be stored under cover off the ground on a level surface
and adequately protected from the weather, direct sunlight, surface
contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes.

3.3.4. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not
bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.0 MATERIALS.

4.1. Gypsum Board.

 General

 Does not contain asbestos as evidenced by a test certificate from a third-


party laboratory.
 Contains low volatile organic compounds, and is evidenced by test
certificates from third-party laboratories.
 Gypsum board fatigue level should not exceed 2mm when tested with ASTM
C473.
 Lightweight gypsum board with a maximum weight of 5.5 kg/m2 (for
Standard type gypsum boards 9mm thick) and a maximum of 7.1 kg/m2 (for
Standard type gypsum boards 12mm thick).
 Gypsum boards should be free of production defects such as cracks,
ruptures, etc..
 Gypsum board should not easily peel its paper from the gypsum core.

 Gypsum board in maximum permissible length, tapered edges on boards to be


finished, shall be of standard type having thickness 9mm and 12mm indicated in
the Drawings, such as Sheetrock from USG Boral, Knauf, Elephant or approved
equal. 9mm for area <100m2 and 12mm for area >100m2
 Gypsum Moisture Resistant with thickness 9mm for area <100m2 and 13mm
for area >100m2 from USG Boral, Knauf, Elephant or approval equal.

4.2. Jointing Cement.

Jointing cement for gypsum board shall be in accordance with the manufacturer.

4.3. Metal Frame.

Metal frame for installation and supporting gypsum board, such as studs, runners,
furring members, channels, backing plates, suspension bracket, suspension rod,
suspension rod, suspension clip, adjuster, connector, Top Cross Rail and others shall
be prefabricated products made of aluminium-zinc coated steel sheet such as
Zincalume or Galvalum, in shape and size specially made for gypsum board installation,
such as from USG Boral, Knauf, Gyproc, or approved equal.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.4. Fasteners.

Fasteners such as screw from the type in accordance with the type of installation, shall
be as recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer and shall comply with AS
2589.

4.5. Miscellaneous Accessories.

Other accessories for installing gypsum board, such as mentioned below, shall be as
recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer:

- Protection coated steel corner beads and edge trim, type designed to be
concealed in finished construction by tape and joint compound,
- Corner beads of manufacturer’s standard metal beads,
- Metal edge trim,
- Adhesive and perforated/reinforcing tape,
- Jointing cement/compound for gypsum board according to the standard’s of the
manufacturer.
- Control joints with 4mm thick polyethylene air seal,
- Acoustical insulation of preformed mineral wool, friction fit type without integral
vapour barrier, of thickness as required to meet STC ratings as indicated,
- Acoustical sealant of type recommended for use in conjunction with gypsum
board system, paintable, non-shrinking and non-cracking where exposed,
- Prime coat specially made for gypsum board surfaces,
- And others as required, to complete the installation.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.

5.1. General.

5.1.1. Prior to installation, Contractor shall check the elevation, the alignment of the
surfaces, partial area, sizes and type of construction and/or installation against
the specified Drawings.

5.1.2. Installation of gypsum board and its accessories shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer instruction manual.

5.1.3. Install control joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2. Installation.

5.2.1. Metal Framing.

- Install metal framing in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.


- Install members true to lines and level to provide surface flatness with
maximum variation of 3mm in 3000mm in any direction.
- Install double studs at door frame jambs; install runners on each side of
opening at frame head height between jamb studs and adjacent studs.
- Install metal framing backing where required for support of fixtures,
cabinets, accessories, hardware and other partition and ceiling mounted
work indicated.
- Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and
mechanical work which is to be placed in or behind partition framing; allow
items to be installed after framing is complete.
- Install runner tracks at floors, ceiling and structural walls and columns
where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise
indicated.

5.2.2. Ceiling Framing

- Install ceiling frame in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation.


- Coordinate location of hangers with other work; provide trapeze supports
and steel bracing as required to support ceiling.
- Install ceiling furring independent of walls, columns, and above ceiling work.
- Space main carrying channels at maximum 1200mm on centre, not more
than 150mm from perimeter walls. Lap splices minimum 300mm and
secure together 50mm from each end of splice.
- Place furring channels perpendicular to carrying channels at maximum
600mm on centre and not more than 150mm from perimeter walls. Lap
splices minimum 200mm and secure together 50mm from each and
splice.
- Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main
carrying channels or furring channels, with lateral channel bracing; extend
bracing minimum 600mm past each end of openings.
- Laterally brace entire suspension system as required to comply with
applicable codes.

5.2.3. Gypsum Board

- Install gypsum board according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.


- Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing. Do
not screw gypsum board or studs into top runner track, to allow for
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

differential floor deflection.


- Install gypsum board with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing.
- For double layers, secure second layer with screws of sufficient length to
attach to metal framing system, in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
- Ensure joints of second layer do not occur over joints of first layer in double
layer applications.
- Avoid end-butt joints where possible, located exposed end-butt joints as
far from centre of surfaces as possible and stagger minimum 300mm in
alternate courses of wallboard.
- Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.
- Place control joints where shown and to be consistent with lines of building
spaces and as directed by the Project Manager, such as where system
abuts structural elements, at dissimilar materials, ceiling area exceeding
1800mm or 250m², wings of “L”, “U” and “T” shaped ceilings.
- Place corner beads at external corners; use longest practical lengths.
- Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.
- Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners and openings to produce
surface ready to receive finishes; feather coats onto adjoining surfaces.
- Installation of fire resistance for wall, ceiling and others shall be carried out
in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruction for
their approved tested system specially made for this purpose.
- Three coats finishing and sanding is required for surfaces indicated to be
painted; provide flush, smooth joints and surfaces ready for applied paint
finishes.

5.3. Painting.

Type of paint and application shall refer to Specification 09 91 23 and shall be as


recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 29 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Gypsum Board
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 30 13

TILING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall consist of the furnishing and installation of all ceramic tiles as shown in
the
Drawings and/or hereinafter specified.
The work shall include but not be limited to the following:

- Ceramic tiles for floor and wall


- Accessories and other items recessed into or supported against tile work

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standar Nasional Indonesia ( SNI ):

- SNI ISO 13006:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Definitions. Classifiation,


Characteristics and Marking
- SNI ISO 10545-1:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 1: Sampling and Basic for acceptance
- SNI ISO 10545-2:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 2: Determination of Dimensions
and Surface Quality
- SNI ISO 10545-3:1995 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 3: Determination of Water
Absorption
- SNI ISO 10545-4:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 4: Determination of bending
strength and flexural load
- SNI ISO 10545-5:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 5: Determination of Impact
Resistance by Measurement of Coefficient of Restitution
- SNI ISO 10545-6:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 6: Determination of Resistance to
Deep Abrasion for Unglazed Tiles
- SNI ISO 10545-7:1996 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 7: Determination of abrasion
resistance to glazed tile surfaces
- SNI ISO 10545-8:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 8: Determination of Linear
Thermal Expansion
- SNI ISO 10545-9:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 9: Determination of Resistance to

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 1 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

thermal Shock
- SNI ISO 10545-10:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 10: Determination of
Resistance to Thermal Shock
- SNI ISO 10545-11:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part11: Determination of Endurance
cracked Hair on Glazed Tiles
- SNI ISO 10545-12:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part12: Determination of Frost
Resistance
- SNI ISO 10545-13:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part13: Determination of Chemical
Resistance
- SNI ISO 10545-14:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part14: Determination of STain
Resistance
- SNI ISO 10545-16:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 16: Determination of Small
Colour Differences
- SNI 03-4062-1996 – Glazed Ceramic Floor Tiles
- SNI 03-0054-1996 – Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiles, Specification and Test Method
- SNI 03-4061-1996 – Granito Floor Tile
- SNI 03-4876-1998 – Test Method for Surface Smoothness of Ceramics Floor
Tiles
- SNI 03-4877-1998 – Test Methods for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Mortar
- SNI 15-4765-1998 – Test Method for Moisture Expansion of Ceramic Tiles
- SNI 7188.8:2013 - Ecolabel Criteria – Part 8: Category of Ceramic Tiles Product
- SNI 03-0536-1989 - Unglazed Acid Fastness Ceramic Floor Tiles
Specification and Test Method

2. Persyaratan Umum Bahan Bangunan Indonesia (PUBI)

- PUBI 1982

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C 648-04 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Breaking Stength of


Ceramic Tile
- ASTM C 499-09 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Facial Dimensions and
Thickness of Flat, Rectangular Ceramic Wall and Floor Tile
- ASTM C 895-87 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Lead and Cadmium
Exctracted from Glazed Ceramic Tile
- ASTM C 1027-09 - Standard Test Method for Determining Visible Abrasion
Resistance of Glazed Ceramic Tile
- ASTM C 1234-93 (2015) - Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to
Deep Abrasive Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by Rotating Disc

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 2 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4. Standard of Manufacture

5. Related Specifications: GROUTING, MORTAR, WATERPROOFING

General Requierements:

· 01 60 00 - Product Requirements
· 01 65 00 - Product Delivery Requirements
· 01 66 00 - Product Storage and Handling

Masonry:

· 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring
· 04 05 16 - Masonry Grouting

Tiling:

· 09 32 13 - Mortar Bed Ceramic Tiling

Waterproofing

07 16 13 -Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Samples and technical data of proposed materials shall be submitted to the


Project
Manager for approval prior to
delivery.
Provide full range of colours and textures for tile as available for selection and
samples of those selected, including all necessary accessories and
manufacturer’s instruction for each product. Cost of samples shall be the
Contractor's responsibility.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 3 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

practices.

3.2.2. Administrative and procedural requirements for processing of submittals


during the construction stage, including submittal trasmittal form,
construction waste diversion form, recycled content of materials form, or
other appropriate forms.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. Delivery, Handling and Storage shall comply with requirements of Section 01
6500 - Product Delivery Requirements and 01 66 00 - Product Storage and
Handling Requirements.

3.3.2. All materials shall delivered to the project site in unopened original containers
of manufacture, bundles or packages with seals, fully identified with name,
brand, type and Grade and stored in a clean dry place and protected from
damage or rain.

3.3.3. All materials shall be delivered to the project site in original containers,
bundles or packages with seals unbroken, Protect materials from
contamination, dampness, freezing, or overheating in accordance with
manufacturer’s instruction.

3.3.4. Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether
built in or not

3.3.5. Protect grout materials agains moisture, soiling, or staining

3.3.6. All materials shall be delivered to the project site in original containers,
bundles or packages with seals unbroken and labels intact, and shall be
stored in a clean dry place and protected from damage or rain.

3.3.7. Extra materials shall consist of not less than two standard packages for each
colour, type and size of field tile used in this work, and one standard package for
each colour and type of base tile.

3.4. Shop Drawing

The Contractor shall submitt Shop Drawing indicate tile layout, patterns, color
arrangement, type, size, pattern, installation method and perimeter conditions,
junctions with dissimilar materials, control and joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories,
detail and shall be approved by The Project manager.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 4 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.5. Warranty

- Special warranty: manufacturer’s standard form, acceptable to owner, in


which manufacturer and installer jointly agree to repair or replace work of this
section that fails in normal use due to defects in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period.
- Failure include, but not limited to the following:
- Cracking of joints, delamination of finishes represented by Contractor to
be compatible with a waterproofing.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

- Tiles shall be cut with a suitable cutting tool and rough edges shall be ground
smooth.
Cut tiles misfits shall be replaced with properly cut-tiles
- Installation of tiles shall be defered until hinges, door bucks, and electrical
and mechanical work that is to be in or behind tile have been installed and
satisfactory protection of adjoining work has been provided.
- Nose, returns, caps, trimmers and special shapes shall be provided as required for
sills, jambs, recesses, offsets, external corners and other conditions to provide a
complete and neatly finished installation.Adhesives shall not install in an
unventilated environment.
- Maintain ambient and subtrate temperature between 10-32 ‘C during
installation of mortar materials.
- No tile installation shall be undertaken when the surface moisture, as tested
by the moisture testing equipment on Site, exceeds mortar manufacturers
recomendations.

4.2. Ceramic Glazed Tiles

- Ceramic glazed wall tiles shall be of first quality and shall conform to SNI
ISO 13006:2010, SNI ISO 10545, SNI 03-4062-1996, SNI 03-0054-1996
or conform to Standard of Manufacture, such as Roman or approval equal.

- All tiles shall be new, free from any defect and of first quality, from a manufacturer
with a proven record in this field of production. The surface of tiles and
components can be smooth, profiled, decorated or finished, glossy, matt or semi

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 5 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

matt as indicated in the drawings. The tiles shall be flat true to shape, sound and
free from flaws and other manufacturing defects. The top surface of the tiles
sahll be glazed. The underside of the tiiles shall be free from glaze in order that the
tiles may adhere property to the base. The glaze shall be uniform in quality and
shall be free from welts, chips, craze, crwaling or other imperferctions. Textur,
colour, dimension and thickness of tiles shall be indicate as the Drawings.

- Tolerances for Tile Fabricating:


- Dimension 1,5mm
- Thickness 1,5mm
- Flatness 1,2mm when measured with straight edge

- Cut accurately to conform with shape and dimension shown, with exposedtrue
surfaces

- Accurately fit joints and corners.


- Saw cut backs and dress parallel with face

- Provide bevelled tile for exterior corners

- Perform cutting and drilling as required for acceptance of other work.

- In cutting and fitting, carefully cut and grind edges to near perfect fit and
perform cutting in manner not to impair strength or appearance of material

- Patching or other forms of concealment to cover defects in


material/workmanship will not be permitted

4.3. Mortar Bed Ceramic Tiling

4.3.1. Mortar bedding of thick bed minimum (generally) 25mm that is mixed from
cement and sand with the minimum quantity of water and some
admixture as recommended by manufacturer shall be as specified in
Section09 32 00.

4.3.2. The mix proportion shall be within the range of 1 cement: 3 or 4 sand.
The proportion of 1 cement and 2 sand shall be used for moisture proof
mortar, moisture proof mortar at 150mm under ground surface up to
200mm above finished floor, as shown or not shown in the Drawings,
plastering for exposed concrete surface and other places as indicated in the
Drawings.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 6 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTIONREQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preparation

5.1.1. Installation of tiles shall be deferred until hangers, electrical, mechanical


and other works that are to be upon, in or behind tiles have been installed
and satisfactoryprotectionof adjoiningwork has been provided.

5.1.2. Stops, returns, caps, trimmers and special shapes shall be provided as
required for sills, jambs, stair nosing and other conditions to provide a
complete and neatly finished installation.

5.2. Bedding and Placing Generally.

Place tiles while the mortar is wet and tacky and bed tiles firmly. Align the joints
and clean the tiles regularly as work progresses. Large tiles and mosaics shall be
buttered on the back before placement.
Use mortar bedding (thick bed) in the following circumstances:

- On backgrounds where deviations exceed 6mm when measured with a


2metre straight edges.
- With tiles having deep "keys" or "frogs".
- Where floor tiles are required to be laid to falls.
- With wall tiles to be fixed to concrete blocks or masonry.
- Where shown in the Drawings.

5.3. Adhesive Bedding (thin bed)

Apply adhesive bedding in complete accordance with the manufacturer's printed


instructions. Use a notched trowel. Comb the surface on the adhesive with the
notched side removing excess adhesive.
Spread only as much adhesive as can be covered in 20-30minutes
(approximately 100cm).

5.4. Tiling Screed

Where required to achieve fall in floor tiles or where shown in the Drawings provide
composition mortar screed minimum 25mm thick reinforced with "chicken" wire and
lay to falls.
Dampen floor tiles before installation.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 7 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.5. Setting Tiles

5.5.1. Surfaces to receive applications of tiles shall be clean and free of dirt, dust,
oil, grease and other deleterious matter.

5.5.2. Tile bases or coves shall be solidly backed with mortar as required and
specified herein. Each tile shall be brought to true, even and level plane
using a beating block. A test of plane distortion shall be made with a trade
approved level. Positive compression of each tile is required to establish
proper bond. Tile that is out of true plane or misplaced shall be removed and
reset.

5.5.3. Tile shall be laid from the centrelines of borders, if any, so as to make
the patterns symmetric, with no cuts less than one-half of the tile width.

5.5.4. Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular and of even width not
exceeding 1.6mm. Walls shall be built of full courses, which may extend
to a greater height but in no case lower than the height shown in the
Drawings.
Vertical joints shall be maintained plumb for the entire height of the tile work.

5.5.5. Tile shall be cut with a suitable trade approved cutting tool and rough edges
shall be ground smooth.
Damaged, defective or badly cut tile shall be replaced by the Contractor
at his expense.

5.6. Setting HomogenousTile

5.6.1. Surfaces to receive applications of granite shall be clean and free of dirt, dust,
oil, grease and other deleterious matter.

5.6.2. Before setting granite, the base that will receive granite shall be coated
with waterproofing sheet/membrane to prevent water penetration into the
granite. Let the waterproofingsheet/membraneproperly fixed.
Waterproofingsheet/membraneshall be as specified in Specification07130.

5.6.3. Homogenous Tile base shall be solidly backed with mortar as required. Each
tile shall be brought to true, even and level plane using a beating block. A
test of plane distortion shall be made with a trade approved level.
Positive compression of each granite is required to establish proper
bond. Granite that is out of true plane or misplaced shall be removed and

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 8 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

reset.
5.6.4. Homogenous Tile shall be laid from the centerlines of borders, if any, so as
to make the patterns symmetric, with no cuts less than one-half of the
granite width.

5.6.5. Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular and of even width as specified in
the Drawings.

5.6.6. HomogenousTile shall be cut in same way as ceramic tile.


Damaged, defective or badly cut granite shall be replaced by the
Contractor at his expense.

5.6.7. Homogenous Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full
with a plastic mix of neat suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after
a respective area of granite has been set. The excess cement grout shall be
cut off and wiped from the face of the tile.

5.6.8. After completion of work, all HT surfaces shall be carefully cleaned to remove
dirt, stains, or other defacements.
Under no circumstances shall wire brushed, harsh abrasive cleansers or
acid used to clean granite.

5.6.9. Apply sealer/stain protective coat to all ready-cleaned granite surfaces


in a manner according to the sealer manufacturer’sprinted instruction.

5.7. Joints

Provide a movement joint in every 8m2 tiles and bedding where one exists in
the concrete slab below and where shown in the Drawings. Movement joints shall
go right through tile and beddingto the background.
Provide joints also at the following
locations:

- around fixture which interrupt the tile surface


- at junctions with windowand door frames

Joints shall be not less than 6mm nor greater than 10mm. Clean joints and fill with
coloured silicon to match the grout.

5.6. Grouting

Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full with a plastic mix of neat
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 9 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a respective area of tile has
been set. The joints shall be tooled slightly concave, and the excess cement
mortar shall be cut off and wiped from the face of the tile.
Interstices or depressions left in the mortar joints after the grout has been cleaned
from the surface shall be roughened at once and filled to the spring line of the
cushion edge before the mortar begins to harden.

5.7. Cleaning and Protection

5.8.1. Upon completion, wall and floor surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Acid
shall not be used for cleaning glazed tiles.

5.8.2. Protect adjacentconstruction,membranesand finishes as


necessary.

5.8.3. Protect tile work under construction. Provide coverings, barriers and others
as necessary.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


NO. PROJECT : 22225 NO.SECTION : 09 30 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Tiling
REVISION PAGE : 10 of 10
:A
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 30 33.22

HOMOGENOUS /GRANITE TILING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work shall include the supply of labour, materials, tools and installation of all
Homogenous/Granite Tile as shown in the Drawings and specified herein.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI ISO 13006:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Definitions. Classifiation, Characteristics and


Marking
- SNI ISO 10545-1:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 1: Sampling and Basic for acceptance
- SNI ISO 10545-2:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 2: Determination of Dimensions and
Surface Quality
- SNI ISO 10545-3:1995 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 3: Determination of Water Absorption
- SNI ISO 10545-4:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 4: Determination of bending strength
and flexural load
- SNI ISO 10545-5:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 5: Determination of Impact Resistance
by Measurement of Coefficient of Restitution
- SNI ISO 10545-6:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 6: Determination of Resistance to Deep
Abrasion for Unglazed Tiles
- SNI ISO 10545-7:1996 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 7: Determination of abrasion resistance
to glazed tile surfaces
- SNI ISO 10545-8:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 8: Determination of Linear Thermal
Expansion
- SNI ISO 10545-9:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 9: Determination of Resistance to
thermal Shock
- SNI ISO 10545-10:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 10: Determination of Resistance to
Thermal Shock
- SNI ISO 10545-11:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part11: Determination of Endurance
Cracked Hair on Glazed Tiles
- SNI ISO 10545-12:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part12: Determination of Frost Resistance
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- SNI ISO 10545-13:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part13: Determination of Chemical


Resistance
- SNI ISO 10545-14:2010 - Ceramic Tiles-Part14: Determination of STain Resistance
- SNI ISO 10545-16:2011 - Ceramic Tiles-Part 16: Determination of Small Colour
Differences
- SNI 03-4062-1996 – Glazed Ceramic Floor Tiles
- SNI 03-0054-1996 – Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiles, Specification and Test Method
- SNI 03-4876-1998 – Test Method for Surface Smoothness of Ceramics Floor Tiles
- SNI 03-4877-1998 – Test Methods for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Mortar
- SNI 15-4765-1998 – Test Method for Moisture Expansion of Ceramic Tiles
- SNI 7188.8:2013 - Ecolabel Criteria – Part 8: Category of Ceramic Tiles Product
- SNI 03-0536-1989 - Unglazed Acid Fastness Ceramic Floor Tiles Specification
and Test Method
- SNI 03-4061-1996 – Granito Floor Tile

2. General Requirements of Indonesian Building Materials

- PUBI 1982

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C 648-04 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Breaking Stength of Ceramic
Tile
- ASTM C 499-09 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Facial Dimensions and
Thickness of Flat, Rectangular Ceramic Wall and Floor Tile
- ASTM C 895-87 (2014) - Standard Test Method for Lead and Cadmium Exctracted
from Glazed Ceramic Tile
- ASTM C 1027-09 - Standard Test Method for Determining Visible Abrasion
Resistance of Glazed Ceramic Tile
- ASTM C 1234-93 (2015) - Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to Deep
Abrasive Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by Rotating Disc

4. Standard of Manufacture

5. Related Specifications:

 Tiling:

· 09 31 33 - Thin Set Stone Tiling

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Samples and technical data of proposed materials shall be submitted to the Project
Manager for approval prior to delivery.
Provide full range of colours, markings and characteristics and finish of granite, as
available for selection and samples of those selected, including all necessary
accessories and manufacturer’s instruction for each product. Cost of samples shall be
the Contractor's responsibility. Samples shall be clearly labeled and upon approval shall
become standard of selection.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard
Practices, including Shop Drawings.

3.2.2. Administrative and procedural requirements for processing of submittals


during the construction stage, including submittal trasmittal form, construction
waste diversion form, recycled content of materials form, or other appropriate
forms.

3.2.3. The Contractor shall ascertain that granite support system shall be completed
and ready to accept Homogenous Tile/Granite prior to installation.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All materials shall be delivered to the project site in original containers, bundles
or packages with seals unbroken, Protect materials from contamination,
dampness, freezing, or overheating in accordance with manufacturer’s
instruction.

3.3.2. Broken, cracked, chipped, stained, or damaged tile will be rejected, whether
built in or not.

3.3.3. Extra materials shall consist of not less than two standard packages for each
colour, type and size of field tile used in this work, and one standard package for
each colour and type of base tile.

3.3.4. Homogenous/Granite Tile stored at jobsite shall be protected from the


elements and shall be stacked or braced to prevent undue stresses in granite.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.4. Shop Drawing

Shop Drawings shall be prepared, showing all pertinent information for granite including
size, location, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

3.5. Warranty

- Special warranty: manufacturer’s standard form, acceptable to owner, in which


manufacturer and installer jointly agree to repair or replace work of this section that
fails in normal use due to defects in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
- Failure include, but not limited to the following:
- Cracking of joints, delamination of finishes represented by Contractor to be
compatible with waterproofing

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. Homogenous Tile.

Based on clay, silica sand and kaolin formed and burned by a single firing process
(single burning) at high temperatures (1200ºC), resulting in a hard and strong
body and small porous pores, generally has a nominal thickness between 8-
10mm..
Then to make homogeneous tile becomes more waterproof, fire resistant and
easy to clean (because it is very dense and not porous), then ceramics are given a
layer of glasur (glazed). This glasur layer is applied with high temperature, so that
it blends with the ceramic body and produces a flat and uniform surface color and
gloss (the surface layer of the heavy duty class).
In order to function as a Heavy Duty Floor Ceramic tile, the ceramic must meet the
following technical characteristic requirements:

- Length and Width ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ± 0,5 %


- Side Straightness ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ± 0,5 %
- Rectangularity ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ± 0,6 %
- Center Curvature & Edge Curvature = ± 0,5 %
( ISO 10545-2 )
- Warpage ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ± 0,5 %
- Thickness ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ± 5,0 %
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Water Absorption ( ISO 10545-3 ) = ≤ 0,5 %


- Modulus of Rupture ( ISO 10545-4 ) = ≥ 35 N/mm²
- Frost Resistance ( ISO 10545-12 ) = Required
- Surface Quality ( ISO 10545-2 ) = ≥ 95 % free from visible
defect
- Deep Abrasion = ≤ 175 mm³
- Surface Abrasion PEI ASTM C1027 = Manufacture to State
( ISO 10545-7 ) Abra-sion Class, Cycle
Passed
- Chemical Resistance ( ISO 10545-13 ) = Manufacture to State
- Stain Resistance ( ISO 10545-14 ) = Minimum Class 3
- Coefficient of Friction AS/NZS 4586 – 1999 = Manufacture to
App.D. State ( ISO 10545-17 )
- R.10 atau R.11

4.1.2. Homogenous Tile shall be domestically produced by Wisma Sehati, Essenza,


Niro Granite, or approved equal.

4.1.3. Unless otherwise specified, granite shall come in 2 types of surface :

 Polished,
 Textured (non-slip),

in size and thickness as indicated in the Drawings. Colour of granite shall be as


directed by the Engineer or as specified inn Colour Scheme.

4.2. Thin Set for Homogenous/Granite Tile

Cement mortar which shall be mixed with some waterproofing admixture or as required by
manufacturer, shall be in accordance with the requirements of Specification 09 31 33.
Waterproofing admixture for cement mortar shall be from an approved product as specified in
Specification 07 16 13.

4.3. Sealer/Stain Resistance Weather proofing Sealant

Sealer/stain resistance weather proofing sealant shall be colourless, slip and stain resistant
sealer, not affecting colour or physical properties of granite surfaces shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Specification 07 92 00 or as recommended by
Homogenous/Granite Tile manufacturer for application indicated.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

5.1.1. Homogenous/Granite Tile to be installed shall have been polished and


carefully selected, having straight edge, right angle, uniform shape, size, colour
and pattern, and there is no part having any defects, and they shall have been
approved by the Engineer.

5.1.2. Homogenous/Granite Tile shall be installed according to the pattern that has
been designated in the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.

5.1.3. Homogenous/Granite Tile shall be correctly and neatly cut according to the
size and detail as shown in the Drawings, by using circular saw followed by
soothing cutting surface using abrasive stones.

5.1.4. All material used in installation of Homogenous/Granite Tile shall be installed


in accordance with manufacturer's requirements.

5.1.5. The Contractor shall program granite installation to meet approved


construction schedule.

5.1.6. All material in vicinity of, and adjacent to granite, shall be adequately
prepared in accordance with manufacturer.

5.1.7. The Contractor shall protect all adjacent areas and surfaces from damage due
to installation of Homogenous Tile/granite.

5.1.8. The Contractor shall protect all works, finished or unfinished, against damage
caused by the Contractor or other trades.

5.1.9. The Contractor shall take all safety precautions necessary to prevent
chipping, or cracking of Homogenous/Granite Tile during execution of work.

5.2. Bedding and Placing Generally

Place Homogenous/Granite Tile while the mortar is wet and tacky and bed tiles
firmly. Align the joints and clean the tiles regularly as work progresses.

5.3. Adhesive (Thin Bed) Homogenous Tile/Granit

Apply adhesive Homogenous/Granite Tile in complete accordance with the


manufacturer's printed instructions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.4. Setting Homogenous/Granite Tile

5.5.1. Surfaces to receive applications of tiles shall be clean and free of dirt, dust, oil,
grease and other deleterious matter.

5.5.2. Before Setting Homogenous/Granite Tile the base that will receive HT/Granit
shall be coated with waterproofing to prevent water penetration. Let the
waterproofing properly fixed.

5.5.3. Homogenous/Granite Tile base shall be solidly backed with mortar as required.
Each HT/Granit shall be brought to true, even and level plane using a beating
block. A test of plane distortion shall be made with a trade approved level.
Positive compression of each tile is required to establish proper bond. Tile that
is out of true plane or misplaced shall be removed and reset.

5.5.4. Homogenous/Granite Tile shall be laid from the centrelines of borders, if any,
so as to make the patterns symmetric, with no cuts less than one-half of the tile
width.

5.5.5. Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular and not exceed than 0,5 per
1000 (or per mil).

5.5.6. Homogenous/Granite Tile shall be cut with a suitable trade approved cutting
tool and rough edges shall be ground smooth. Damaged, defective or badly
cut tile shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense.

5.5.7. Homogenous/Granite Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be gruted full
with a plastic mix of neat suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a
respective area of HT/Granit has been set. The excess cement grout shall be
cut off and wiped from the face of the Homogenous/Granite Tile.

5.5. Setting Homogenous Tile/Granite in Dry System

5.5.1. Pattern layout and installation of HT/granite, including sizes, shall be as


indicated in the Drawings, except otherwise as directed by the Engineer.

5.5.2. Edge and bottom part of HT/granite shall be provided with notches for placing
angle anchors.

5.3.1. Prior to installation, all HT/granite surfaces shall be coated with sealer in
thickness according to the standard of the manufacturer. Let the sealer dries.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3.2. Wall surfaces to receive granite shall be provided with holes for placing
anchors or support of steel angle shape to the wall by using fasteners such as
Dynabolt or approved equal.
The free side of steel angle shall have holes in oval shape for adjusting the
position of the granite.

5.6. Grouting

Homogenous Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full with a plastic
mix of neat suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a respective area of tile
has been set.The joints shall be tooled slightly concave, and the excess cement
mortar shall be cut off and wiped from the face of the tile.
Interstices or depressions left in the mortar joints after the grout has been cleaned from
the surface shall be roughened at once and filled to the spring line of the cushion edge
before the mortar begins to harden.

5.7. Cleaning and Protection

5.7.1. Upon completion, floor and wall surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Acid
shall not be used for cleaning glazed tiles.

5.7.2. Protect adjacent construction, membranes and finishes as necessary.

5.7.3. Protect tile work under construction. Provide coverings, barriers and others
as necessary.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 30 33.22
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Homogenous Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION
09 31 13
THIN SET CERAMIC/HOMOGENOUS TILE

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall comprise the supply of manpower, materials and machine mixers, and
execution of all work for the cement mortar. Work shall be performed in accordance with the
correct lines, grades and alignments as shown in the Drawings, or as directed by the Project
Manager.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 03-4061-1996 – Granito Floor Tile

- SNI 15-2049-2004 - Semen Portland.

2. European Standard :

- EN 12004 : 2001 – Tile Adhesive.

3. Standard Volitile Organic Compound ( VOC ) Free

4. Standard of Manufacture

5. Related Specifications:

 Tiling:

· 09 30 33.22 Homogenous Tile

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Prior to construcion, the Contractor shall submit to Project Manager samples of all
materials for Thin Set Ceramic Tiling, for approval.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard
Practices, including Shop Drawings.

3.2.2. Certified test report shall submitt to showing that the type of mortar complies
with the specified requirements, and prepared by qualified independent
laboratory indicating compliance with performance requirements for mortar
admixtures.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All cement in bag or bulk shall be delivered in original packages, containers and
bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand name, and stored in a
clean ground area, dry, free of surface water run-off, under watertight cover,
away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready for use,
provided the area has sufficient drainage and shall free from foreign materials.
Height of stockpile shall not exceed 1200mm in order to prevet segregation.
Damage or deterioted material shall be removed from the premises.

3.3.2. Store areas should be accessible to delivery trucks and convenient to material
staging areas. If possible, drop-deliver the material right to the material staging
ares. Storage material should be stored away from other construction activities
on a flat-grade area that is not susceptible to standing water, erosion or setting.

3.3.3. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry
location. Avoid excessive stacking, maximum 8 stacks for each pallet
(maximum 2 by 8 stacks in each pallet). Shelf life 12months stored in closed
bag in dry room.

3.4. Warranty

Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged by


manufacturer’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

results.
Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer’s
recommended limits.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Thin set Homogeneous Tile Mortar

Thin Set Ceramic Mortar shall be premixed mortar as adhesive for porous tile, with base
elements of cement, silica sand, filler and additive all of which homogeneously mixed.

- Material : Powder
- Color : light grey
- Thickness : ±3 mm
- Cement : Portland
- Aggregate : sand diam.max. 0,6 mm
- filler : to increase density and reduce porosity of mortar
- Additives : to increase workability and adhesion
- water : 9,0 – 9,5 liter / sack 40 kg
- Coverage : ± 8 m² / sak 40 kg / application thickness 3 mm
- Adhesive strength : >0,5 N/mm² @ 28 days

Thin Set for Homogeneous Tile such as Mortar Utama (MU-402) from PT Cipta
Mortar Utama, C2 from Demix, Tile Adhesive Standard from Drymix/Mortindo or
approval equal.
Grouting for Ceramic and Homogenous Tile, Such as MU 408 (2-5mm)) from PT
Cipta Mortar Utama, Sanitized Tile Grout from Drymix, D2 from Demix or approved
equal.

4.2. Thin set Ceramic Tile Mortar

- Material : Powder
- Color : light grey
- Cement : Portland
- Aggregate : Sand diam.max. 0,6 mm
- Additives : to increase workability and adhesion
- Water : 9,0 – 9,5 liter /sak 40 Kg
- Coverage : ± 8 m² / sak 40 Kg / 3 mm thk
- Adhesive strength : Minimum 0,5 N/mm² @ 28 hari (EN 1348: 2007)
- Pot Life @ 35 ° C : 120 menit

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Adjustment Time : 10 menit


- Thicknes : 2-10 mm
- Open Time : 20 menit
- Traffic Time : Setelah 24 jam

Thin Set for Ceramic Tile such as Mortar Utama (MU-422) from PT Cipta Mortar
Utama, C1 from Demix, Tile Adhesive Ceramic (3mm) from Drymix/Mortindo or
approval equal.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preparation

5.1.1. Prepare working place and surface. The tile is better to be placed on stable and
even surface (more adhesive will be use on unplastered wall surface). Place
sufficient references for neatness and straightness of tile bedding, clean
surface base from ships, dirt and oil that can reduce mixture adhesiveness. The
Ceramics should be wetted by water.

5.1.2. Composition of Thin Set Ceramic Tiling shall be as recommended by the


manufacturer.

5.2. Mixing

5.2.1. General

All materials except water shall be properly mixed in a tight box or in an


approved mortar mixer, until the mixture attained a uniform colour after which
the correct amount of water shall be added and the mixing continued.
Mortar shall be mixed for the required quantity to be used and minimum mixing
time shall be 1 to 2 minutes prior to application. Mixed mortar that is not used
within the period of 45 minutes after mixing shall be discarded or rejected.
Retempering of mixed mortar is strictly prohibited.

5.2.2. Thin Set Ceramic Mortar

Thin Set Ceramic mortar for Ceramic Tilie surfaces shall be mixed with water
according to the manufacturer’s installation instruction.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3. Preparation and Cleaning of the Surfaces

5.3.1. All surfaces to receive Thin Set Ceramict mortar shall be free of laitance, loose
carbonate scale and other objectionable matter.

5.3.2. The application of thin set ceramic tille is allowed after the finishing of all utility
installation, and all parts which will receive cement mortar are already protected
under the roof. Then the surface shall be first wetted with water until saturated
and the joints have been raked to the depth of 10mm and cleaned.

5.4. Installation

Apply adhesive tile in complete accordance with the manufacturer's printed


instructions.

5.5. Setting Tiles

5.5.1. Surfaces to receive applications of tiles shall be clean and free of dirt, dust, oil,
grease and other deleterious matter.

5.5.2. Tile bases or coves shall be solidly backed with mortar as required and
specified herein. Each tile shall be brought to true, even and level plane using a
beating block. A test of plane distortion shall be made with a trade approved
level. Positive compression of each tile is required to establish proper bond.
Tile that is out of true plane or misplaced shall be removed and reset.

5.5.3. Tile shall be laid from the centrelines of borders, if any, so as to make the
patterns symmetric, with no cuts less than one-half of the tile width.

5.5.4. Joints shall be straight, level, perpendicular and of even width not exceeding
1.6mm. Walls shall be built of full courses, which may extend to a greater
height but in no case lower than the height shown in the Drawings.
Vertical joints shall be maintained plumb for the entire height of the tile work.

5.5.5. Tile shall be cut with a suitable trade approved cutting tool and rough edges
shall be ground smooth.
Damaged, defective or badly cut tile shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
expense.

5.5.6. Apply mortar with notched trowel using scrapping motion to work material
into good contact with surface to be covered. Apply only as much mortar as
can be covered within

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.6. Grouting

Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full with a plastic mix of neat
suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a respective area of tile has been
set. The joints shall be tooled slightly concave, and the excess cement mortar shall
be cut off and wiped from the face of the tile.
Interstices or depressions left in the mortar joints after the grout has been cleaned from
the surface shall be roughened at once and filled to the spring line of the cushion edge
before the mortar begins to harden.

5.7. Cleaning and Protection

5.8.1. Upon completion, wall and floor surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Acid
shall not be used for cleaning glazed tiles.

5.8.2. Clean Ceramic Tile surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction.


Clean excess mortar from surface with water as work progress. Perform
cleaning while mortar is fresh and before it hardeens on surfaces. Remove
Grout haze following recommendation of grout manufacturer. Do not use
acids for cleaning.

5.8.3. Protect adjacent construction, membranes and finishes as necessary.

5.8.4. Protect tile work under construction. Provide coverings, barriers and others
as necessary.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Ceramic/HT Tile
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 6
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 31 33

THIN SET STONE TILING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall comprise the supply of manpower, materials and machine mixers, and
execution of all work for the cement mortar. Work shall be performed in accordance with the
correct lines, grades and alignments as shown in the Drawings, or as directed by the Project
Manager.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard Nasional Indonesia (SNI):

- SNI 15-2049-2004 - Semen Portland.

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

- ASTM C 185 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Hydraulic Cemet Mortar
- ASTM C 109 – Standard Test Method for Comprehensive Strength of Hydraulic
Cement Mortars

3. Standard of Manufacture

4. Related Specifications:

 Masonry:

· 04 40 11 - Marble

 Finishing:

· 09 30 33.22 -Granite Tiling

 Waterproofing
 07 16 13 - Polymer Modified Cement Waterproofing

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 33
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Stone Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Prior to construcion, the Contractor shall submitt to Project Manager samples of all
materials for Mortar Bed Tiling, for approval.

3.2. Quality Assurance

3.2.1. Manufacturers must provide testing data to verify compliance with standard
Practices, including Shop Drawings.

3.2.2. Certified test report shall submitt to showing that the type of mortar complies
with the specified requirements, and prepared by qualified independent
laboratory indicating compliance with performance requirements for mortar
admixtures.

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All cement in bag or bulk shall be delivered in original packages, containers and
bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand name, and stored in a
clean ground area, dry, free of surface water run-off, under watertight cover,
away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready for use,
provided the area has sufficient drainage and shall free from foreign materials.
Height of stockpile shall not exceed 1200mm in order to prevet segregation.
Damage or deterioted material shall be removed from the premises.

3.3.2. Store areas should be accessible to delivery trucks and convenient to material
staging areas. If possible, drop-deliver the material right to the material staging
ares. Storage material should be stored away from other construction activities
on a flat-grade area that is not susceptible to standing water, erosion or setting.

3.3.3. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry
location. Avoid excessive stacking, maximum 8 stacks for each pallet
(maximum 2 by 8 stacks in each pallet). Shelf life 12months stored in closed
bag in dry room.

3.4. Warranty

Warranty of materials shall be valid/limited for replacement of material damaged by


manufacture’s delivery failure. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature,
humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum
results.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 33
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Stone Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Do not install products under environmenta; conditions outside manufacturer’s


recommended limits.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. Thin Set Stone Mortar

Thin Set Stone Mortar shall be premixed mortar as adhesive for porous tile, with base
elements of cement, silica sand, filler and additive all of which homogeneously mixed.

Thin Set Stone Mortar shall comply with the following requirements:

- Density of dry powder min. 1400kg/m3


- Initial Tensile Strength 0,824 N/mm2 @28 days

Such as MU 450 (thickness 2-10mm) from PT Cipta Mortar Utama, Tile Adhesive
Standard (thickness 3mm) from Drymix or approved equal.
 Absorptionofby
Hardness weight 0,75% maximum.
240-340kg/cm².
4.2. Stone Grout
Absorption
Hardness
Polished,
 Textured ofby weight 0,75% maximum.
240-340kg/cm².
(non-slip),
Such as MU 408 (1-4mm)) from PT Cipta Mortar Utama, Sanitized Tile Grout from
Drymix or approved equal.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preparation

5.1.1. Prepare working place and surface. The Stone (HT/Granit/Marble) is better be
placed on stable and even surface (more adhesive will be use on un plastered
wall surface). Place sufficient references for neatness and straightness of tile
bedding, clean surface base from ships, dirt and oil that can reduce mixture
adhesiveness.

5.1.2. Composition of Thin Set Stone Tiling shall be as recommended by the


msnufscturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 33
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Stone Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2. Mixing

5.2.1. General.

All materials except water shall be properly mixed in a tight box or in an


approved mortar mixer, until the mixture attained a uniform colour after which
the correct amount of water shall be added and the mixing continued.
Mortar shall be mixed for the required quantity to be used and minimum mixing
time shall be 1 to 2 minutes prior to application. Mixed mortar that is not used
within the period of 45 minutes after mixing shall be discarded or rejected.
Retempering of mixed mortar is strictly prohibited.

5.2.2. Thin Set Stone Mortar

Thin Set Stone mortar for Marble, Granite/Homogenous Tile surfaces shall be
mixed with water according to the manufacturer’s installation instruction.

5.3. Preparation and Cleaning of the Surfaces

5.3.1. All surfaces to receive Thin Set Stone mortar shall be free of laitance, loose
carbonate scale and other objectionable matter.

5.3.2. The application of thin set Stone tille is allowed after the finishing of all utilities
installation, and all parts which will receive cement mortar are already protected
under the roof. Then the surface shall be first wetted with water

5.4. Installation

Apply adhesive tile in complete accordance with the manufacturer's printed


instructions.

5.5. Setting Homogenous Tile/Granit/Marble

5.5.1. Setting Hmogenous TIle/Granit shall be accordance with 09 30 33.22


section.

5.5.2. Setting Marble shall be accordance with 04 40 11 Section.

5.5.3. Surfaces to receive applications of tiles shall be clean and free of dirt, dust, oil,
grease and other deleterious matter.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 33
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Stone Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.5.4. Apply mortar with notched trowel using scarpping motion to work material into
good contact with surface to be covered. Apply only as much mortar as can be
covered within.

5.6. Grouting

Tile shall have the edges wetted and shall be grouted full with a plastic mix of neat
suitably coloured cement grout, immediately after a respective area of tile has been
set.The joints shall be tooled slightly concave, and the excess cement mortar shall be
cut off and wiped from the face of the tile.
Interstices or depressions left in the mortar joints after the grout has been cleaned from
the surface shall be roughened at once and filled to the spring line of the cushion edge
before the mortar begins to harden.

5.7. Cleaning and Protection

5.8.1. Upon completion, wall and floor surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. Acid
shall not be used for cleaning glazed tiles.

5.8.2. Clean Stone (Homogenous Tile/Granit/Marble) surfaces in accordance with


manufacturere’s instruction. Clean excess mortar from surface with water as
work progress. Perform cleaning while mortar is fresh and before it hardeens on
surfaces. Remove grout haze following recommended of grout manufacturer.
Protect adjacent construction, membranes and finishes as necessary.

5.8.3. Protect tile work under construction. Provide coverings, barriers and others
as necessary.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 31 33
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Thin Set Stone Tiling
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 91 13

EXTERIOR PAINTING

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall consist of the provision and application of all shop and field painting work, for all
the structural and non-structural components of the buildings, including all surfaces
designated to be painted as shown in Drawings or Colour Scheme, unless otherwise noted.
This work shall include but will not be restricted to supply of labour, materials, scaffolding and
tools to be used for preparation of surfaces, application of paint, making good any defect and
cleaning of any splash to other work. All coating shall be as required in this Specification or
determined by the Project Manager.
Unless otherwise specified, all interior and exterior surfaces shall receive one coat of primer and
two coats of finish.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of the Paint Manufacturer.


2.2. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC).

2.3. Swedish Standard Institution (SIS).

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Detail and Colour Card

Full details and colour card of proposed materials and manufacturers shall be
submitted before construction. Failure to do so may lead to rejection of materials on
site and failure to meet program requirements.
All materials shall be of such quality as to produce first class and durable finishes and
to be at least equal requirements of the relevant standards.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Sample Panels and Test Areas

3.2.1. Before painting with a particular system commences, the Contractor shall
paint test areas or sample panels to demonstrate that the specified thickness
and finish to the paint film is being obtained all shall be approved by the Project
Manager.

3.2.2. The paints, equipment and method of application used for test areas or sample
panels shall be representative of those to be used for the work.
Test areas or sample panels shall be retained and shall form the standard for
all subsequent work.

3.2.3. Contractor shall be responsible in providing samples and sample panels.

3.2.4. Minimum Product Warranty of 6 years. Warranty does not apply if paint
damage is caused :
- Structural Cracking.

- The wall has leaked.


- Peeling between old paint and walls.
- Exfoliation due to excessive use of putty.
- Poor preparation of subtrats
- Rudimentary subtrat repair
- Application not in accordance with recommendations / specs
- Excessive discoloration (DE>13)
- Partially faded absorption batteries from the ground floor or foot walls or
too much chemical impurities in the air
- Damage due to external pressure to all paint layers of the painting system
performed.

3.3. Delivery and Storage

All coating shall be fresh stock and be of new and first quality, delivered at job site in
unopened original manufacturer's containers, and stored in the dry, watertight,
lockable enclosure.
All coating materials shall be in sealed containers and labeled so as to plainly show the
designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, colour, date of
manufacture and manufacturer's directions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.4. Inspection and Testing

3.4.1. Scaffolding used for painting shall be retained in position while work is being
carried out and for a period up to three days after completion, or alternatively,
other means shall be provided to give reasonable access for the Project
Manager to inspect prepared surfaces and paint films.

3.4.2. The Project Manager shall have free access to all work locations, and
warehousing facilities and the right to inspect the preparation of all surfaces
and the application of all paintings.

3.5. Non Conformity

3.5.1. Before any deviation from this Specification, the Project Manager shall be
consulted. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for satisfactory compliance with standards and procedures set
forth in this Specification.

3.5.2. The Project Manager shall have the right to reject any work that is not carried
out in accordance with this or any other applicable Specifications. All expense
incurred by the correction of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor.
Causes for rejection of work or portions shall include but not be limited to the
following:

- Surface preparation considered unsatisfactory by the Project Manager for


any reason.
- Failure of Contractor to apply the minimum number of coats of the
appropriate thickness.
- Failure of Contractor to allow minimum specified drying time between
coats.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All coating materials shall conform to the specifications shown in the painting
schedule herein and to the requirements hereinafter specified. Paints shall not
contain any toxic or harmful substances such as lead, mercury or asbestos,
and all paints (primers, undercoats and finish) shall have low VOC (Volatile
Organic Compounds).

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.1.2. All primers and finish coats to be used in this work shall be provided by the
same designated manufacturer, and shall not be mixed with paint from other
sources or of dissimilar compositions.
For the purpose of establishing a basis of quality, the paints specified herein
are based upon paints as manufactured by Dulux, Jotun, Propan or
approval equal, but the designation thereof shall not be construed as being
proprietary.

4.1.3. The Contractor shall provide painting schedule for each type of material to be
painted as stipulated in this Specification and as shown in the Drawings.

4.2. Primers

Primer to be used shall be as follows:

- Water-based sealer for exterior concrete surfaces, gypsum board, and calcium
silicate panel such as:

- Jotashield Primer from Jotun


- Dulux WS Sealer E1000 from Dulux
- Alkali Resiting Primer AR 300 WB from Propan

4.3. Finish Paints

Finish paint to be used shall be as follows:

- Premium quality, 100% acrylic based emulsion paint, fungus resistant, for exterior
concrete surfaces, such as:

 Jotashield Ultra Clean from Jotun


 Dulux Proffesional Weathershield from Dulux
 Decorshield DW 500 from Propan

4.4. Colour and Tints

Designated areas shall be subject to colour selection stated in Colour Scheme or as


approved by the Project Manager after samples showing alternative colours and
textures recommended have been furnished as per point 3.2 above. The same thing
shall be carried on for colour, tint or texture of prefinish surfaces.
Shades of stain shall match the respective colour specimen selected by the Project
Manager and shall conform to manufacturer's standard colour.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preliminary, Preparation and Treatment

5.1.1. General.

- All paints shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's application


instructions and shall comply with the specified standard.
- Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plate, lighting
fixtures, and similar items in contact with surfaces to be painted shall be
removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and
painting operations.
- Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to application of paint or
surface treatments. Existing painted surfaces designated for re-painting
shall be cleaned in a manner which shall provide the surface a good
adhesion to receive paint, or shall if unpainted, be wire brushed or buffed
with a light sanding tool, and touched up to remove all evidence of rust,
corrosion or abrasion.
- Oil and grease shall be removed with clean cloths and cleaning solvents
which have low toxicity and flash-point in excess of 38C.
- Cleaning and painting shall be scheduled in such a way that ensures dust
and other contaminants from the cleaning process do not fall on wet or
newly painted surfaces.

5.1.2. Masonry, Calcium Silicate Panel and Concrete Surfaces.

- Masonry, fiber cement panel, calcium silicate panel and concrete surfaces
to be painted shall be prepared by removing chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oil,
asphalt, tar, excessive mortar or mortar droppings and by roughening the
surfaces to remove glaze.
- Surface deposits of free iron shall be removed prior to painting.
Immediately before coating, all surfaces to be painted shall be uniformly
and thoroughly dampened, with no free surface water visible, by
application of potable water using a fog spray.
Sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse between sprayings to allow water
to be absorbed.

5.2. Paint Application

5.2.1. General

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- All finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps,
brush marks and variation in colour, texture and finish. The covering of
each coat shall be complete and each coat shall be so applied as to
produce film of uniform thickness.
- Special attention shall be given to insure that all surfaces including edges,
corners, crevices, welds and rivets receive a film thickness equivalent to
that of adjacent painted surfaces.
- Adjacent areas and installation shall be protected using drop cloths or
other approved precautionary measures.
Other material surfaces adjacent to surfaces to receive water-based
paints shall be primed and/or touched up prior to the application of water-
based paints.
- The first coat of paint on concrete surfaces shall include such repeated
touching up of suction spots or overall applications of primer-sealer as
necessary to produce a uniform colour and gloss.

5.2.2. Coating Progress.

- Sufficient time shall elapse between applications of successive coats to


permit acceptable drying. This period shall be modified as necessary to
suit varying weather conditions.
- When the applied coating is left exposed for long periods, it may develop a
whitish layer of zinc salts. This salt layer shall be washed off with fresh
water and dried subsequently to facilitate secure intercoat bonding.
- Thinner shall not be added to any coating materials unless approved by
the manufacturer as necessary for proper application.
- Coating shall be as follows:

· Exterior masonry and concrete surfaces.

Prime coat : one (1) coat of water-based sealer.


Finish coat : two (2) coats of premium quality, 100% acrylic based
emulsion paint.

- All paint thickness in dry condition shall be in accordance with the


standard of the approved manufacturer.

5.2.3. Storage, Mixing and Thinning

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- At time of application, paint shall show no sign of hard settling, excessive


skinning, livering or other deterioration.
- Paint shall be thoroughly mixed using electromixer, stirred, strained in a
strict conformance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure and
kept uniform consistency during application.
- Where necessary to suit conditions of surface, temperature, weather and
method of application, package paint may be thinned immediately prior to
application in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, but not in
excess of 0.5liter to suitable thinner per 4liters.
- The use of thinner for any reason shall not relieve the Contractor from
obtaining complete surface coverage.
- No alteration or mixing of materials on premises shall be permitted, except
as specified for priming, sizing or undercoats, and where tinting is required
to produce proper colour.

5.2.4. Atmospheric Conditions

Paints other than water-based coatings shall be applied only to surfaces that
are completely free of surface moisture as determine by sight or touch.
Paint shall be applied in an environment conducive to controlled drying.

5.2.5. Time between Surface Preparation and Painting.

Surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated and/or otherwise prepared for
painting shall be given a coat of the specified first coat material as soon as
practicable after such preparation has been completed, but in any event prior
to any deterioration of the prepared surface.

5.2.6. Method of Application.

Method of application shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer.

5.3. Special Requirements

5.3.1. Rollers for applying enamels shall have a short nap.

5.3.2. Brushes used for emulsion paint shall be soaked in water for a period of 2 hours
prior to use.

5.3.3. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding and containers shall be
removed from the site or disposed of in an approved manner. Paint spots, oil or
stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

and acceptable to the Project Manager on final inspection. The scaffolding


shall not affect floor or wall surface all damage is Contractors responsibility.

5.3.4. All protective masking applied to surfaces or designated items previous to


painting shall be removed after final coat has been allowed to firm-up
sufficiently so that no smudged areas result from removal of masking.

5.4. Reinstallation of Removed Items

Following the completion of painting of each space, removed/covered items as


indicated under section 5.1 of this Specification, shall be reinstalled by workmen skilled
in the trade involved.

5.5. Protection and Cleaning

Clothes and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed
metal containers or destroyed at the end of each working day.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Exterior Painting
REVISION :A PAGE : 8 of 8
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 91 23

INTERIOR PAINT

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall consist of the provision and application of all shop and field painting work, for
all the structural and non-structural components of the buildings, including all surfaces
designated to be painted as shown in Drawings or Colour Scheme, unless otherwise noted.
This work shall include but will not be restricted to supply of labour, materials, scaffolding and
tools to be used for preparation of surfaces, application of paint, making good any defect and
cleaning of any splash to other work. All coating shall be as required in this Specification or
determined by the Project Manager.
Unless otherwise specified, all interior and exterior surfaces shall receive one coat of primer and
two coats of finish.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

Standard of the Paint Manufacturer.

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Detail and Colour Card

Full details and colour card of proposed materials and manufacturers shall be
submitted before construction. Failure to do so may lead to rejection of materials on
site and failure to meet program requirements.
All materials shall be of such quality as to produce first class and durable finishes and
to be at least equal requirements of the relevant standards.

3.2. Sample Panels and Test Areas

3.2.1. Before painting with a particular system commences, the Contractor shall
paint test areas or sample panels to demonstrate that the specified thickness

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

and finish to the paint film is being obtained all shall be approved by the Project
Manager.

3.2.2. The paints, equipment and method of application used for test areas or sample
panels shall be representative of those to be used for the work.
Test areas or sample panels shall be retained and shall form the standard for
all subsequent work.

3.2.3. Contractor shall be responsible in providing samples and sample panels.

3.3. Delivery and Storage

All coating shall be fresh stock and be of new and first quality, delivered at job site in
unopened original manufacturer's containers, and stored in the dry, watertight,
lockable enclosure.
All coating materials shall be in sealed containers and labeled so as to plainly show the
designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, colour, date of
manufacture and manufacturer's directions.

3.4. Inspection and Testing

3.4.1. Scaffolding used for painting shall be retained in position while work is being
carried out and for a period up to three days after completion, or alternatively,
other means shall be provided to give reasonable access for the Project
Manager to inspect prepared surfaces and paint films.

3.4.2. The Project Manager shall have free access to all work locations, and
warehousing facilities and the right to inspect the preparation of all surfaces
and the application of all paintings.

3.5. Non Conformity

3.5.1. Before any deviation from this Specification, the Project Manager shall be
consulted. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for satisfactory compliance with standards and procedures set
forth in this Specification.

3.5.2. The Project Manager shall have the right to reject any work that is not carried
out in accordance with this or any other applicable Specifications. All expense
incurred by the correction of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor.
Causes for rejection of work or portions shall include but not be limited to the
following:

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Surface preparation considered unsatisfactory by the Project Manager for


any reason.
- Failure of Contractor to apply the minimum number of coats of the
appropriate thickness.
- Failure of Contractor to allow minimum specified drying time between
coats.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All coating materials shall conform to the specifications shown in the painting
schedule herein and to the requirements hereinafter specified. Paints shall not
contain any toxic or harmful substances such as lead, mercury or asbestos,
and all paints (primers, undercoats and finish) shall have low VOC (Volatile
Organic Compounds).

4.1.2. All primers and finish coats to be used in this work shall be provided by the
same designated manufacturer, and shall not be mixed with paint from other
sources or of dissimilar compositions.
For the purpose of establishing a basis of quality, the paints specified herein
are based upon paints as manufactured by Dulux, Jotun, Propan or
approval equal, but the designation thereof shall not be construed as being
proprietary.

4.1.3. The Contractor shall provide painting schedule for each type of material to be
painted as stipulated in this Specification and as shown in the Drawings.

4.2. Primers

Primer to be used shall be as follows:

- Water-based sealer for interior concrete surfaces, gypsum board, and calcium
silicate panel such as:

- Majestic Primer from Jotun


- Dulux WS Sealer E1000 from Dulux
- Alkali Resiting Primer AR 300 WB from Propan

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.3. Finish Paints

Finish paint to be used shall be as follows:

- High durable and washable emulsion, fungus resistant, and bacteria resistant with
a mid sheen finish for interior masonry, calcium silicate panel or concrete surfaces,
such as:
- Majestic True Beauty Sheen from Jotun
- Professional Diamond A1000 Sheen from Dulux
- DECORLOTUS DLI-480 from Propan

4.4. Colour and Tints

Designated areas shall be subject to colour selection stated in Colour Scheme or as


approved by the Project Manager after samples showing alternative colours and
textures recommended have been furnished as per point 3.2 above. The same thing
shall be carried on for colour, tint or texture of prefinish surfaces.
Shades of stain shall match the respective colour specimen selected by the Project
Manager and shall conform to manufacturer's standard colour.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preliminary, Preparation and Treatment

5.1.1. General.

- All paints shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's application


instructions and shall comply with the specified standard.
- Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plate, lighting
fixtures, and similar items in contact with surfaces to be painted shall be
removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and
painting operations.
- Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to application of paint or
surface treatments. Existing painted surfaces designated for re-painting
shall be cleaned in a manner which shall provide the surface a good
adhesion to receive paint, or shall if unpainted, be wire brushed or buffed
with a light sanding tool, and touched up to remove all evidence of rust,
corrosion or abrasion.
- Oil and grease shall be removed with clean cloths and cleaning solvents
which have low toxicity and flash-point in excess of 38C.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Cleaning and painting shall be scheduled in such a way that ensures dust
and other contaminants from the cleaning process do not fall on wet or
newly painted surfaces.

5.1.2. Masonry, Calcium Silicate Panel and Concrete Surfaces.

- Masonry, fiber cement panel, calcium silicate panel and concrete surfaces
to be painted shall be prepared by removing chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oil,
asphalt, tar, excessive mortar or mortar droppings and by roughening the
surfaces to remove glaze.
- Surface deposits of free iron shall be removed prior to painting.
Immediately before coating, all surfaces to be painted shall be uniformly
and thoroughly dampened, with no free surface water visible, by
application of potable water using a fog spray.
Sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse between sprayings to allow water
to be absorbed.

5.2. Paint Application

5.2.1. General

- All finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps,
brush marks and variation in colour, texture and finish. The covering of
each coat shall be complete and each coat shall be so applied as to
produce film of uniform thickness.
- Special attention shall be given to insure that all surfaces including edges,
corners, crevices, welds and rivets receive a film thickness equivalent to
that of adjacent painted surfaces.
- Adjacent areas and installation shall be protected using drop cloths or
other approved precautionary measures.
Other material surfaces adjacent to surfaces to receive water-based
paints shall be primed and/or touched up prior to the application of water-
based paints.
- The first coat of paint on concrete surfaces shall include such repeated
touching up of suction spots or overall applications of primer-sealer as
necessary to produce a uniform colour and gloss.

5.2.2. Coating Progress.

- Sufficient time shall elapse between applications of successive coats to


permit acceptable drying. This period shall be modified as necessary to
suit varying weather conditions.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- When the applied coating is left exposed for long periods, it may develop a
whitish layer of zinc salts. This salt layer shall be washed off with fresh
water and dried subsequently to facilitate secure intercoat bonding.
- Thinner shall not be added to any coating materials unless approved by
the manufacturer as necessary for proper application.
- Coating shall be as follows:

· Interior masonry, calcium silicate panel and concrete surfaces.

Prime coat : one (1) coat of water-based sealer.


Finish coat : two (2) coats of high durable and washable emulsion
with a mid sheen finish.

- All paint thickness in dry condition shall be in accordance with the


standard of the approved manufacturer.

5.2.3. Storage, Mixing and Thinning

- At time of application, paint shall show no sign of hard settling, excessive


skinning, livering or other deterioration.
- Paint shall be thoroughly mixed using electromixer, stirred, strained in a
strict conformance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure and
kept uniform consistency during application.
- Where necessary to suit conditions of surface, temperature, weather and
method of application, package paint may be thinned immediately prior to
application in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, but not in
excess of 0.5liter to suitable thinner per 4liters.
- The use of thinner for any reason shall not relieve the Contractor from
obtaining complete surface coverage.
- No alteration or mixing of materials on premises shall be permitted, except
as specified for priming, sizing or undercoats, and where tinting is required
to produce proper colour.

5.2.4. Atmospheric Conditions

Paints other than water-based coatings shall be applied only to surfaces that
are completely free of surface moisture as determine by sight or touch.
Paint shall be applied in an environment conducive to controlled drying.

5.2.5. Time between Surface Preparation and Painting.

Surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated and/or otherwise prepared for

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

painting shall be given a coat of the specified first coat material as soon as
practicable after such preparation has been completed, but in any event prior
to any deterioration of the prepared surface.

5.2.6. Method of Application.

Method of application shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer.

5.3. Special Requirements

5.3.1. Rollers for applying enamels shall have a short nap.

5.3.2. Brushes used for emulsion paint shall be soaked in water for a period of 2 hours
prior to use.

5.3.3. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding and containers shall be
removed from the site or disposed of in an approved manner. Paint spots, oil or
stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean
and acceptable to the Project Manager on final inspection. The scaffolding
shall not affect floor or wall surface all damage is Contractors responsibility.

5.3.4. All protective masking applied to surfaces or designated items previous to


painting shall be removed after final coat has been allowed to firm-up
sufficiently so that no smudged areas result from removal of masking.

5.4. Reinstallation of Removed Items

Following the completion of painting of each space, removed/covered items as


indicated under section 5.1 of this Specification, shall be reinstalled by workmen skilled
in the trade involved.

5.5. Protection and Cleaning

Clothes and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed
metal containers or destroyed at the end of each working day.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 91 23
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Interior Paint
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORK
Issued For : Document Temder

SECTION

09 94 13

TEXTURED FINISHING

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall consist of the provision and application of all shop and field painting work, for all
the structural and non-structural components of the buildings, including all surfaces
designated to be painted as shown in Drawings or Colour Scheme, unless otherwise noted.
This work shall include but will not be restricted to supply of labour, materials, scaffolding and
tools
to be used for preparation of surfaces, application of paint, making good any defect and cleaning
of any splash to other work. All coating shall be as required in this Specification or determined by
the Project Manager. Section includes Sprayed Applied Textured Finish and Primer for walls.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

1. Standard of Manufacture

2. Related Section:

- Masonry:

· 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Detail and Colour Card

Full details and colour card of proposed materials and manufacturers shall be
submitted before construction. Failure to do so may lead to rejection of materials on
site and failure to meet program requirements.
All materials shall be of such quality as to produce first class and durable finishes and
to be at least equal requirements of the relevantstandards.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


:22225
PROJECT NO SECTION NO : 09 94 13
: September 2022 : Textured Finishing
DATE TITLE
:A : 1 of 5
REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORK
Issued For : Document Temder

3.2. Samples Panels, and Technical Data

3.2.1. Before painting with a particular system commences, the Contractor shall paint
test areas or sample panels to demonstrate that the specified thickness and
finish to the paint film is being obtained all shall be approved by the Project
Manager.

3.2.2. The paints, equipment and method of application used for test areas or sample
panels shall be representativeof those to be used for the work.
Test areas or sample panels shall be retained and shall form the standard for
all subsequentwork.

3.2.3. Contractor shall be responsible in providing samples and sample panels

3.3. Delivery, Handling and Storage.

All coating shall be fresh stock and be of new and first quality, delivered at job site in
unopened original manufacturer's containers, and stored in the dry, watertight,
lockable enclosure.
All coating materials shall be in sealed containers and labeled so as to plainly show
the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, colour, date of
manufacture and manufacturer'sdirections.
Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected agains
damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction
traffic, and other causes in strict accordance with manufacturer’srecommendations.

3.4. Inspection and Testing

3.4.1. Scaffolding used for painting shall be retained in position while work is being
carried out and for a period up to three days after completion, or alternatively,
other means shall be provided to give reasonable access for the Project
Manager to inspect preparedsurfaces and paint films.

3.4.2. The Project Manager shall have free access to all work locations, and
warehousing facilities and the right to inspect the preparation of all surfaces
and the applicationof all paintings.

3.5. Non Conformity

3.5.1. Before any deviation from this Specification, the Project Manager shall be
consulted. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for satisfactory compliance with standards and procedures set
forth in this Specification.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
:22225
PROJECT NO SECTION NO : 09 94 13
: September 2022 : Textured Finishing
DATE TITLE
:A : 2 of 5
REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORK
Issued For : Document Temder

3.5.2. The Project Manager shall have the right to reject any work that is not carried
out in accordance with this or any other applicable Specifications. All
expense incurred by the correctionof rejected work shall be borne by the
Contractor. Causes for rejection of work or portions shall include but not be
limited to the following:

- Surface preparation considered unsatisfactory by the Project Manager


for any reason.
- Failure of Contractor to apply the minimum number of coats of the
appropriate thickness.
- Failure of Contractor to allow minimum specifieddrying time betweencoats.

3.6. Warranty

Warranty period are minimum 5 years after date of substantial completion for labor
and material against mold, mildewand algae.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All coating materials shall conform to the specifications shown in the painting
schedule herein and to the requirements hereinafter specified. Paints shall not
contain any toxic or harmful substances such as lead, mercury or asbestos, and
all paints (primers, undercoats and finish) shall have low VOC (Volatile Organic
Compounds).

4.1.2. The Contractor shall provide painting schedule for each type of material to
be painted as stipulated in this Specificationand as shown in the Drawings.

4.2. Texture Exterior Paint

4.2.1. Acrylic Weather Shield is a premium quality modified acrylic textured coating
specialty formulated for external masonry surfaces, outstanding weather
resistance, easy application, create a wide range of texture effects, good
durability, workability, good alkaline and algae resistance, good adhesion, peel
resistance, resistance to the levels of atmospheric humidity normally
experienced in exterior environments. Complied Singapore Environment
Councils requirementfor Green Label Product. Available manufacturers shall be
subject to compliance with requirements, such as PT Propan Raya, Dulux,
Nippon, or approval equal.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
:22225
PROJECT NO SECTION NO : 09 94 13
: September 2022 : Textured Finishing
DATE TITLE
:A : 3 of 5
REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORK
Issued For : Document Temder
4.2.2. Lightfast Non-Lead Pigments and Mineral Extender Composition Pigment,
Waterbone Polymer Binder, Water Solvent.

4.2.3. The spreading capacity according to the roughness and porosity of the surface.
Drying Time @30oC, Touch Dry 2hours, Recoat 24hours.

4.2.4. Primers to be used shall be Decor Alkali Resisting Primer AS-310 (Solvent
based Sealer) 1 x roll by Propan Raya, Dulux, Nippon, or approval equal.

4.2.5. Texture to be used shall be decorative Texture type according to existing by


Propan Raya, Dulux, Nippon, or approval equal, with spray application.

4.2.6. Finish Coat to used shall be Decorshield Acrylic Weather Shield DW-500 by
Propan Raya, Dulux, Nippon or approval equal, with 2 x roll covers.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

5.1.1. Examine substrate with installer present to which textured finish will be applied,
for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affectingperformanceof finishes specified in this section.

5.1.2. Installer shall examine areas and condtions under which coating work is to be
applied and notify the contractor in writing of conditions destrimenta; to
proper and timely completion of the work.

5.1.3. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory condtions have been
corrected.

5.2. Preparation and Treatment

5.2.1. Surfaces must be sound, clean, dry and free from all defective or poorly
adhering or defective paint or powdery residues by thorough brushing and
scraping, using a stiff fiber brush and high pressure water jet. Treat any areas
affected mould, lichens, algae and moss with Dulux FungicidalWash.

5.2.2. Repair any surface defects with an appropriate filler. Surfaces that remain
powdery, friable or chalky after thorough preparation should that remain
powdery, friable or chalky after thorough preparatin should be sealed with
one coat of an appropriate. Do not paint if the wall is saturated with dampness.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


:22225
PROJECT NO SECTION NO : 09 94 13
: September 2022 : Textured Finishing
DATE TITLE
:A : 4 of 5
REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORK
Issued For : Document Temder

5.2.3. Prepare concrete masonry and similiar surfaces to be coated. Remove


efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt release agents, grease, oil and similiar
substances by abrasiveor water blasting, followed by a clear-water rinse.

5.2.4. Carefully mix and prepare materials according to the manufacturer’s


written instructions to archive a smooth, heavy-batter consistency. Mixing of
paint with texture finish as recommended by the manufacturer is suggested
to achieve unifrm color without dar spots from holes without staining.

5.3. Installation

5.3.1. After mixing, using powder spray equipment acceptable totexture finish
manufacturer,produce a uniform texture matching approved field samples,
free of starved spots, pin-holes or other evidence of thin application or
of application patterns and free of excessive globules.

5.3.2. Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer’s recommended
spreading rate. Provide total cured material thickness indicated or as
recommended bth the manufacture.

5.3.3. Lightly sand the entire surface with extra fine grit paper 24hours after
application to remove all rough spots or abrasive burrs and then remove dust.

5.3.4. Remove masking tape and clean all adjacent surfaces at the end of each work
day.

5.4. Adjusting and Cleaning

5.3.1. Touch up, repair or replace damaged finishes as necessary to restore coating
work to a nw and unblemishedcondition.
5.3.2. Repairs floors, walls and other surfaces which have been stained or otherwise
damaged during application.

5.5. Protection

Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to installer,


which ensures textured finishes being without damage or deterioration at time of
substantial completion.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


:22225
PROJECT NO SECTION NO : 09 94 13
: September 2022 : Textured Finishing
DATE TITLE
:A : 5 of 5
REVISION PAGE
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION
09 96 56
EPOXY COATINGS

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall include furnishing material, labour, tools and installation of Epoxy Coatings
Systems for area as indicated in the Drawings.

Medium Duty :

 Tranformer Room
 Genset Room

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of Manufacture

2.2. Related Sections:

- Concrete:
 03 30 00 – Cast in Place

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples, Technical Data and Installation Methods

Prior to delivery, sample and technical data of materials to be used shall be submitted
to the Project Manager for review and approval, including sample panel to show the
thickness and finishing result, and Installation Methods.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

3.2.1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Shop Drawings for Project
Manager's approval. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in
advance of field requirements to allow ample time for checking.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Finishing


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 96 56
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Epoxy Coatings
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

All submittals shall be complete and shall contain all required and detailed
information.

3.2.2. In the event of any discrepancy between one Drawing and another or between
the Drawings and this Specification, the Contractor shall bring such a
discrepancy to the attention of the Project Manager for resolution.

3.3. Handling and Storage

3.3.1. All materials shall be delivered in good condition, free from any defect, and
shall be completed with label, technical data and data required as specified.

3.3.2. All materials shall be orderly kept in their packages and shall be kept free from
damage. Storage all product under a tarp to protect from oil, dirt and sunlight.

3.4. Inspection and Testing

All epoxy materials must be new and high quality, delivered to site project in original
packaging, unopened, stored in a dry, waterproof and lockable room.
All epoxy materials must be in seals packaging, and complete with labels that clearly
indicate the product name, formula number or specification, production number, color,
date of manufacture and manufacturer’s instructions.

3.5. Incompatibility

3.5.1. Project Manager must be notified for approval, if material specification


deviation occurs. Failure to do the above does not relieve the Contractor from
the responsibility to carry out the work in accordance with the standards and
procedures set out in this Technical Specification.

3.5.2. Project Manager has the right to refuse any work carried out not in accordance
with the provisions in Technical Specification or related. Costs incurred due
because rejected work, and need to repairs will be Contractor responsibility.

Refusal parts of work will include but are not limited to the following:

- Deemed unsatisfactory surface preparations by the Project Manager.


- Failure of the Contractor to apply minimum number of layers for adequate
thickness.
- Failure of the Contractor to meet drying time specified for inter-layer.

3.6. Warranty

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Finishing


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 96 56
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Epoxy Coatings
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Before start the work, Project Manager should give direction and organize
meeting between Contractor, Architect, and Factory Representative so that the
quality of materials and results can work well and can be coordinated with other
works.
- Manufacturer will issue a quality certificate and the Warranty to be given by the
applicator.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All epoxy materials must meet the provisions of this Technical Specification
and other requirements mentioned.

4.1.2. All epoxy materials to be used in this work must come from the same
manufacturer, and should not be mixed with paints from other brands or from
different compositions.

4.2. Material

Medium Duty :

Epoxy based (1 mm thk)+Polyurethane seal coat tebal 0,1mm

the epoxy coating must comply :


 Density : Part A ~1.5 kg/L ; Part B ~1.00 kg/L ; Mixed Resin ~1.4
kg/L ; All Density Values at 23oC (DIN EN ISO 2811-1)
 Solid Content : ~97 ± 2% (by volume)/~ 97 ± 2% (by weight)

Seperti Sikafloor®-263 SL HC (Epoxy Self smoothing system (500 -1000micron


thk) +Sikafloor®-315 or Sikafloor®-374 CP SL (Cost Performance Epoxy Self
smoothing system 500 -1000micron thk) +Sikafloor®-315 from Sika, Jotafloor (1
x 100mic Jotafloor SF Primer + 1 x 400mic Jotafloor Glass Flake + 2 x 70mic thk
Jotafloor PU Topcoat) from Jotun, MapeFloor I302SL +Mapefloor finish 57 from
Mapei.

4.3. Colour

The color must be according to the approval of the relevant architect.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Finishing


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 96 56
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Epoxy Coatings
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

4.4. Accessories

- Around drain use Non Shrinkage material, shall be in accordance with


Specification 03 60 00.
- Coving use epoxy mortar screed such as Sikafloor®-161 Mortar Screed from
Sika, Fosroc or approval aqual.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Examination

a. The concrete substrate must be sound and of sufficient compressive strength


(minimum 25 N/mm2) with a minimum pull off strength of 1.5 N/mm2.
b. The substrate must be clean, dry and free of all contaminants such as dirt, oil, grease,
coatings and surface treatments, etc.
c. Cleaning preferably using brush and/or vacuum.
d. If in doubt, apply a test area first.

5.2. Substrate Preparation

a. Concrete substrates must be prepared mechanically using abrasive blast cleaning


or scarifying equipment to remove cement laitance and achieve an open textured
surface.
b. Weak concrete must be removed and surface defects such as blowholes and voids
must be fully exposed.
c. Repairs to substrate, filling of blowholes/voids and surface leveling can be carried
out using appropriate products recommended by manufacture.
d. The concrete or screed substrate has to be primed or leveled in order to achieve an
even surface.
e. High spots must be removed by e.g. grinding.
f. All dust, loose and friable material must be completely removed from all surfaces
before application of the product, preferably by brush and/or vacuum.

5.3. Application

5.3.1. Apply by using experienced or trained experts and according to Manufacturing


Standards.

5.3.2. Check the humidity of the substrate, the percentage of humidity must be as
recommended by the manufacturer, if the humidity is> 6%, use a temporary
moisture barrier.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Finishing


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 96 56
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Epoxy Coatings
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3.3. Stir the components with a low speed mixer (300 - 400 rpm) until homogeneous.

5.3.4. Apply Primer coat according to manufacturer's directions.

5.3.5. Coating the epoxy layer using a short pile roller, Seamless results can be achieved
when the application is still wet.

5.3.6. Epoxy flooring can be used on :

Temperature Foot Traffic Light Traffic Full Cure


+20°C 36 hours 3 days 7 days
+30°C 24 hours 2 days 5 days
* Note: Estimated time depends on field conditions.

5.3. Protection and Cleaning.

A freshly applied epoxy coating must be protected against damage or wear for 24 hours
after application and before it is ready for traffic.
Clean the coating just before inspection. Use clean materials and procedures
recommended by the manufacturer.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : Finishing


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 96 56
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Epoxy Coatings
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 5
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

09 97 13

PROTECTIVE COATINGS
(for Steel)

1.0. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall consist of the provision and application of all shop and field high performance
coating work, for areas where materials are exposed to possible contamination.
This work shall include but will not be restricted to supply of labour, materials, scaffolding and
tools to be used for preparation of surfaces, application of paint, making good any defect and
cleaning of any splashes to other work. All coating shall be as required in this Specification or
determined by the Project Manager.

2.0. REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Steel Structure Painting Council (SSPC):

- SSPC SP1 - Solvent Cleaning


- SSPC SP10 - Near White Blast Cleaning
- SSPC SP20 - Zinc Rich Coating Type I Inorganic and Type II Organic
- SSPC Vis 1 - Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel

2.2. Swedish Standard Institution (SIS).

2.3. Standard of the Paint Manufacturer.

3.0. GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Detail and Colour Card

Full details and colour card of proposed materials and manufacturers shall be
submitted before construction. Failure to do so may lead to rejection of materials on
site and failure to meet program requirements.
All materials shall be of such quality as to produce first class and durable finishes and
to be at least equal requirements of the relevant standards.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2. Sample Panels and Test Areas

3.2.1. Before painting with a particular system commences, the Contractor shall
paint test areas or sample panels to demonstrate that the specified thickness
and finish to the paint film is being obtained all shall be approved by the Project
Manager.

3.2.2. The paints, equipment and method of application used for test areas or sample
panels shall be representative of those to be used for the work.
Test areas or sample panels shall be retained and shall form the standard for
all subsequent work.

3.2.3. Contractor shall be responsible in providing samples and sample panels.

3.3. Delivery and Storage

All coating shall be fresh stock and be of new and first quality, delivered at job site in
unopened original manufacturer's containers, and stored in the dry, watertight,
lockable enclosure.
All coating materials shall be in sealed containers and labeled so as to plainly show the
designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, colour, date of
manufacture and manufacturer's directions.

3.4. Inspection and Testing

3.4.1. Scaffolding used for painting shall be retained in position while work is being
carried out and for a period up to three days after completion, or alternatively,
other means shall be provided to give reasonable access for the Project
Manager to inspect prepared surfaces and paint films.
3.4.2. The Project Manager shall have free access to all work locations, and
warehousing facilities and the right to inspect the preparation of all surfaces
and the application of all paintings.

3.5. Non Conformity

3.5.1. Before any deviation from this Specification, the Project Manager shall be
consulted. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for satisfactory compliance with standards and procedures set
forth in this Specification.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.5.2. The Project Manager shall have the right to reject any work that is not carried
out in accordance with this or any other applicable Specifications. All expense
incurred by the correction of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor.
Causes for rejection of work or portions shall include but not be limited to the
following:
- Surface preparation considered unsatisfactory by the Project Manager for
any reason.
- Failure of Contractor to apply the minimum number of coats of the
appropriate thickness.
- Failure of Contractor to allow minimum specified drying time between
coats.

4.0. MATERIALS

4.1. General

4.1.1. All coating materials for areas where materials are exposed to possible
contamination shall conform to the specifications shown in the painting
schedule herein and to the requirements hereinafter specified.

4.1.2. All primers and finish coats to be used in this work shall be provided by the
same designated manufacturer, and shall not be mixed with paint from other
sources or of dissimilar compositions.

4.2. Corrosion Protection Coating

Unless otherwise determined by Project Manager, all coating for steel works shall
consist of the following:

Primer shall be epoxy Zinc Phospate, such as Interseal 1052 (75mikron) from
Akzonobel, Jotamastic 70 from Jotun or approval equal.

Finish Top Coat shall be Acrylic polyurethane topcoat such as Interthane 990
(50mikron) from Akzonobel, Hardtop XP from Jotun or approval equal.

4.3. Colour and Tints

Designated areas shall be subject to colour selection stated in Colour Scheme or as


approved by the Project Manager after samples showing alternative colours and
textures recommended have been furnished. The same thing shall be carried on for
colour, tint or texture of pre-finish surfaces.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

Shades of stain shall match the respective colour specimen selected by the Project
Manager and shall conform to manufacturer's standard colour.

5.0. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Preliminary, Preparation and Treatment

5.1.1. General

- All paints shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's application


instructions and shall comply with the specified standard in SSPC/SIS or
equal.
- Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plate, lighting
fixtures, and similar items in contact with surfaces to be painted shall be
removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and
painting operations.
- Such protection shall be done by workmen skilled in the trades involved.
Exposed nails and other ferrous metal on surfaces to be painted with
water-based paints shall be spot primed with zinc chromate primer as
appropriate to condition, and then a top coat shall be applied.
- Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to application of paint or
surface treatments. Existing painted surfaces designated for re-painting
shall be cleaned in a manner which shall provide the surface a good
adhesion to receive paint, or shall if unpainted, be wire brushed or buffed
with a light sanding tool, and touched up to remove all evidence of rust,
corrosion or abrasion.
- Oil and grease shall be removed with clean cloths and cleaning solvents
which have low toxicity and flash-point in excess of 38C.
- Cleaning and painting shall be scheduled in such a way that ensures dust
and other contaminants from the cleaning process do not fall on wet or
newly painted surfaces.

5.1.2. Steel and Metal Surfaces

- All exposed-to-view interior and exterior steel and metal surfaces shall
have all mill scale, dust and rust removed by wire-brushing or shall be dry
sandblasted to Sa 2/SP-6, while all exposed-to-view support steel shall
be cleaned with power tools to St 2-½/SP-10.
- Excessive wire-brushing with power operated, rotary, wire brushes,
resulting in a burnished effect to the steel surface, shall be avoided.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- All steel and metal surfaces contaminated by oil or grease shall be washed
with clean white spirit. Oil or grease may, in locations approved by the
Project Manager, be removed from the surfaces of ferrous surfaces by
washing with a proprietary water-soluble mixture of solvent and detergent
followed by rinsing with clean water.
- Washing of steel/metal surfaces, where required to remove soluble salt
deposits shall be carried out using clean water and where conditions
permit, hose pipes and scrubbing brushes shall be used.
- Surfaces shall be primed with priming paint as soon as possible after
completion of the preparation process.
The rate of progress of surface preparation shall be controlled to ensure
that preparation and priming are carried out on the same day.
- Further surface preparation shall be carried out where there is evidence of
rusting or contamination resulting from prolonged exposure before priming.
- After the surface is prepared in a manner acceptable to the Project
Manager, one coat of zinc chromate primer shall be applied to the steel
work at the fabrication shop.
Primer shall be applied by brushing to ensure a continuous film without
holidays.
Primer coat shall be applied immediately after the surface preparation
without any time lag.
- Fabricated steel/metal with the shop coat of primer after its erection in the
field shall be carefully examined and shall be treated with a touch-up coat
of zinc phosphate primer wherever the shop coat has been abraded,
removed or damaged during transit/erection, defaced during
welding/riveting and also over the field welds, bolts and nuts adopted for
structure.
After touching up, the second coat of zinc chromate primer shall be
applied over the erected steelwork.
- Galvanized surfaces to be painted shall be roughened with chemical
solvent specially produced for the purpose, or brushed by wire brush.
Clean the surfaces from dirty, dust, oil, grease and leftovers of roughing
work prior to applying primer coat.
- Galvanized surfaces not to be painted shall be solvent-cleaned.

5.2. Paint Application

5.2.1. General

- All finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps,
brush marks and variation in colour, texture and finish. The covering of
each coat shall be complete and each coat shall be so applied as to
produce film of uniform thickness.
PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES
PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 5 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

- Special attention shall be given to insure that all surfaces including edges,
corners, crevices, welds and rivets receive a film thickness equivalent to
that of adjacent painted surfaces.
- Adjacent areas and installation shall be protected using drop cloths or
other approved precautionary measures.

5.2.2. Coating Progress

- Sufficient time shall elapse between applications of successive coats to


permit acceptable drying. This period shall be modified as necessary to
suit varying weather conditions.
- When the applied coating is left exposed for long periods, it may develop a
whitish layer of zinc salts. This salt layer shall be washed off with fresh
water and dried subsequently to facilitate secure intercoat bonding.
- Thinner shall not be added to any coating materials unless approved by
the manufacturer as necessary for proper application.
- Oil base or oleoresinois solvent-type paints shall be considered dry for
recoating when the paint feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under
moderate pressure of the thumb, and the application of another coat of
paints does not cause lifting or lessens adhesion of the undercoat.
- All paint thickness in dry condition shall be in accordance with the
standard of the approved paint manufacturer.

5.2.3. Storage, Mixing and Thinning

- At time of application, paint shall show no sign of hard settling, excessive


skinning, livering or other deterioration.
- Paint shall be thoroughly mixed using electromixer, stirred, strained in a
strict conformance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure and
kept uniform consistency during application.
- Where necessary to suit conditions of surface, temperature, weather and
method of application, package paint may be thinned immediately prior to
application in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, but not in
excess of 0.5liter to suitable thinner per 4liters.
- The use of thinner for any reason shall not relieve the Contractor from
obtaining complete surface coverage.
- No alteration or mixing of materials on premises shall be permitted, except
as specified for priming, sizing or undercoats, and where tinting is required
to produce proper colour.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 6 of 7
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.2.4. Atmospheric Conditions

Paints shall be applied only to surfaces that are completely free of surface
moisture as determine by sight or touch.
Paint shall be applied in an environment conducive to controlled drying.

5.2.5. Time between Surface Preparation and Painting

Surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated and/or otherwise prepared for
painting shall be given a coat of the specified first coat material as soon as
practicable after such preparation has been completed, but in any event prior
to any deterioration of the prepared surface.
5.2.6. Method of Application

Method of application shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer.

5.3. Special Requirements

5.3.1. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding and containers shall be
removed from the site or disposed of in an approved manner. Paint spots, oil or
stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean
and acceptable to the Project Manager on final inspection. The scaffolding
shall not affect floor or wall surface all damage is Contractors responsibility.

5.3.2. All protective masking applied to surfaces or designated items previous to


painting shall be removed after final coat has been allowed to firm-up
sufficiently so that no smudged areas result from removal of masking.

5.4. Reinstallation of Removed Items

Following the completion of painting of each space, removed/covered items as


indicated under section 5.1 of this Specification, shall be reinstalled by workmen skilled
in the trade involved.

5.5. Protection and Cleaning

Clothes and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed
metal containers or destroyed at the end of each working day.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : FINISHES


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 09 97 13
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Protective Coating
REVISION :A PAGE : 7 of 7
DIVISI0N 22
PLUMBING
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

SECTION

22 42 13

COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS, URINALS AND BIDETS

1.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

This work shall cover the provision and installation of all items, articles, and equipment and
plumbing fixtures for toilet, and area as shown in the Drawings and including labour supervision
and incidentals required and necessary to complete the system for successful operation.

2.0 REFERENCE STANDARDS

2.1. Standard of the Paint Manufacturer

2.2. Related Section:

- Plumbings:

· 22 10 00 - Plumbing Piping (MEP sccope)

3.0 GENERAL PROCEDURES

3.1. Samples and Technical Data

Samples and technical data of specified plumbing fixtures shall be submitted to the
Project Manager for approval, prior to delivery.
Technical data shall show types, dimension, colours and other data required for
installation.

3.2. Shop Drawings.

3.2.1. Prior to installation, Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings which shall
consist of detail of layout, fastening, installation, dimension, and other
necessary details, to the Project Manager for approval.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : PLUMBINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 22 40 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Plumbing Fixtures
REVISION :A PAGE : 1 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

3.2.2. The Contractor shall make a list of plumbing fixtures and their accessories
complete with the room’s names where they are to be installed, for review and
approval by the Project Manager.

3.3. Handling and Storage

The plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be stored in a clean dry place and protected
from damage prior to and after installation.

4.0 MATERIALS

4.1. Water Closets

Water closet (according to the drawings) shall be Cube Floor Standing two piece toilet,
with vertical outlet, sanitary ceramic, such as type by Toto,
- 6L Siphon Jet flush
- Solid Duroplast Seat & Cover
- Bowl Shape : Elongated
- Rough-In 280mm

tipe CW705ELNJ/TV150NSV7J from Toto.


Acsessories : TC 365, TX802CV1, T53P100, T53R/T53RV1,VU100/CLASS D.

4.2. Wall Hung Lavatory

Wall Hung Lavatory Body 1 Tap Hole tipe LW 248 JT1 from Toto,
Acsessories : T6JV6, TX277S, THXA-3N, PJ1/2.

4.3. Urinoir

Urinoir untuk toilet area BOH seperti yang ditunjukkan dalam gambar kerja,
seperti tipe U 57 M dari Toto.

4.4. Water Faucets, Shower Set and Shower Spray

Faucet for Basin TX129 such as from Toto,

4.5. Accessories

- Floor Drain Tx1BV1N TotoHansgrohe, Duravit or approval equal.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : PLUMBINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 22 40 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Plumbing Fixtures
REVISION :A PAGE : 2 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.0 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General

5.1.1. All equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's


recommendation and this Specification unless otherwise approved in writing.
Vertical and horizontal dimensions to all fixtures and quantities of each item
shall be as indicated in the Drawings.

5.1.2. Unless otherwise specified, fixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's


instruction, fitting and details.

5.2. Installation

5.2.1. All joints shall be water and gas tight. Caulking of threaded connections or
apertures will not be permitted.
Paint, varnish, putty and others will not be permitted on meeting faces of joints
until joints are set tight and tested.

5.2.2. All plumbing fixtures of finished product such as squatting type water closet
shall be installed according to the installation instruction from the
manufacturer.

5.2.3. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equipment shall be
connected to rough pipe at wall with requisite adapter connection unless
otherwise specified.
Water connections to individual fixtures shall be not less than as specified in
the Drawings.

5.2.4. Wall Hung Lavatory shall be fixed so that the top of the outer rim is 900mm
above finished floor level.

5.2.5. Mirror shall be hung at elevation as indicated in the Drawings, and shall be
installed in accordance with the requirements of Specification 08800.

5.2.6. Support and hang-up system shall be in accordance with recommendation of


the manufacturer or as approved by the Project Manager.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : PLUMBINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 22 40 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Plumbing Fixtures
REVISION :A PAGE : 3 of 4
PT. PANDEGA DESAIN WEHARIMA
SPECIFICATION FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Issued For : Document Tender

5.3. Protection and Cleaning

5.3.1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate protection for all
plumbing fixtures until completion of whole work or as directed by the Project
Manager. All damage sanitary fixtures shall be replaced at the expense of the
Contractor.

5.3.2. Before handling over or when directed by the Project Manager, all plumbing
fixtures shall be cleaned to satisfaction of the Project Manager.

PROJECT NAME : Swiss Embassy Refurbishment DIVISION : PLUMBINGS


PROJECT NUMBER : 22225 SECTION : 22 40 00
DATE : September 2022 TITLE : Plumbing Fixtures
REVISION :A PAGE : 4 of 4

You might also like